WO2021071984A1 - Compounds for modulating splicing - Google Patents

Compounds for modulating splicing Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021071984A1
WO2021071984A1 PCT/US2020/054632 US2020054632W WO2021071984A1 WO 2021071984 A1 WO2021071984 A1 WO 2021071984A1 US 2020054632 W US2020054632 W US 2020054632W WO 2021071984 A1 WO2021071984 A1 WO 2021071984A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
unsubstituted
compound
splicing
hydrogen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2020/054632
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Michael Luzzio
Brian Lucas
Original Assignee
Skyhawk Therapeutics, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Skyhawk Therapeutics, Inc. filed Critical Skyhawk Therapeutics, Inc.
Publication of WO2021071984A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021071984A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D451/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof
    • C07D451/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane ring systems, e.g. granatane, 2-aza-adamantane; Cyclic acetals thereof
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D451/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof
    • C07D451/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing not further condensed 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane; Cyclic acetals thereof
    • C07D451/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing not further condensed 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane; Cyclic acetals thereof with hetero atoms directly attached in position 3 of the 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or in position 7 of the 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring system

Definitions

  • Gene therapy and genome editing act upstream of transcription of mRNA by influencing the DNA code and thereby changing mRNA expression.
  • Oligonucleotides modulate the action of RNA via canonical base/base hybridization.
  • the appeal of this approach is in the design of the basic pharmacophore of an oligonucleotide, which can be defined in a straightforward fashion by known base pairing to the target sequence subject.
  • Each of these therapeutic modalities suffers from substantial technical, clinical, and regulatory challenges.
  • Some limitations of oligonucleotides as therapeutics include unfavorable pharmacokinetics, lack of oral bioavailability, and lack of blood-brain-barrier penetration, with the latter precluding delivery to the brain or spinal cord after parenteral drug administration for the treatment of diseases (e.g, neurological diseases, brain cancers).
  • oligonucleotides are not taken up effectively into solid tumors without a complex delivery syste such as lipid nanoparticles. Further, most of the oligonucleotides taken up into ceils and tissues remain in non-functional compartments (e.g., endosomes) and does not gain access to the cytosol and/or nucleus where the target is located
  • oligonucleotide therapies require access to complementary base pairs of the target.
  • This approach assumes that pre-mRNA sequences exist as a linear strand of RNA in the cell.
  • pre-mRNA is rarely linear; it has complex secondary and tertiary structure.
  • cis-acting elements e.g., protein binding elements
  • trans-acting factors e.g, splicing complex components
  • These features can be potency-and efficacy-limiting for oligonucleotide therapies.
  • SMSMs small molecule splicing modulators
  • Small molecules have been essential in uncovering the mechanisms, regulations, and functions of many cellular processes, including DNA replication, transcription, and translation. While several recent reports have described screens for small molecule effectors of splicing, only a small number of constitutive or alternative splicing modulators have been identified and many of the small- molecule inhibitors lack specificity, lack selectivity, lack potency, exhibit toxicity, or are not orally available.
  • RNA transcriptome Targeting the RNA transcriptome with small -molecule modulators represents an untapped therapeutic approach to treat a variety of RNA-mediated diseases. Accordingly, there remains a need to develop small -molecule RNA modulators useful as therapeutic agents. There is need in the art for novel modulators of splicing or splicing-dependent processes. Provided herein are small molecule splicing modulators and uses thereof that fulfill this need.
  • R A1 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OR 5 , substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, or substituted or un substituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
  • ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl or substituted monocyclic heteroaryl;
  • 'S' is a single bond or a double bond
  • X is -NR 21 -
  • Z is CR 8 ;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl, substituted tVCg cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 7 heterocycloalkyl; each R 2 and R 3 is independently hydrogen, substituted or un substituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 4 -C 7 heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl; each R 5 , R 3a , and R 51 ’ is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 0 heteroalkyl, substituted
  • R 5a and R 5b are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form substituted or un substituted Cb-Cg heterocycloalkyl, each R 6 is independently substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl, -OR 5 , -NR 5a R 5b , or -CH 2 OR 5 ;
  • R 8 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci ⁇ C o haloalkyl, or substituted or un substituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C 4 alkenyl ene, substituted or un substituted C1-C4 heteroalkylene;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci- Ce heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl, substituted or un substituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; each R 11 , R 12 , R lj , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 1 ', R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, -OR 5 , substituted or
  • R 21 is hydrogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted -C1-C4 alkylene-(C3-Cs cycloalkyl), -C1-C4 alkylene- OR 5 , substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2--C3 heterocycloalkyl; each R 22 , R 22a , and R 22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl; a is 0 or 1; b is 0; c is 1 ; and d
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 alkenyl ene, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 0 cycloalkyl ene; a is 1 , b is 0, c is 1; and d is 0.
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 alkenyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- C 3 -C & cycloalkyl ene, a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 1.
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 4 alkenyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 4 heteroalkylene; a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 1.
  • R 42 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OR 5 , substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, or substituted or un substituted Ci-CN heteroalkyl;
  • ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl or substituted monocyclic heteroaryl, is a single bond or a double bond;
  • X is -NR 21 -, and Z is CR 8 ; or
  • R 1 is hydrogen, substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl, substituted CX-Cx cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl; each R 2 and R 3 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 heteroalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted C4-C7 heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl; each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C & heteroalkyl,
  • R 5a and R 5b are taken together with the nitrogen atom to wiiich they are attached to form substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 8 heterocycloalkyl; each R 6 is independently substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl, -OR 5 , -NR 5a R 5b , or -CH 2 OR 5 ;
  • R 8 is hydrogen, substituted or un substituted Ci-Cr, alkyl, substituted or un substituted Cj- C 6 haloalkyl, or substituted or un substituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2 alkenyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- Cb-Ce cycloalkyl ene;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Cj- C(y heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Cs-Cg cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; each R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, -OR 5 , substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
  • R 21 is hydrogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 haloalkyl, substituted or un substituted C 1- C 4 heteroalkyl, -C 1 -C 4 alkylene-OR 5 , substituted or unsubstituted C 3- C 4 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2---C3 heterocycloalkyl; each R 22 , R 22a , and R 22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 haloalkyl, or substituted or un substituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl; a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 1.
  • described herein is a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • described herein is the use of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
  • a compound of the disclosure or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
  • described herein is a method for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease comprising administering an effecti ve amount of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
  • a combination comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more therapeutically active co-agents.
  • described herein is a method of treating a disease or condition comprising administering a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
  • a method of modulating splicing comprising contacting a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a pre-mRNA.
  • Described herein are compounds for use in modifying splicing of pre-mRNAs Described herein are compounds that modify splicing of pre-mRNAs for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of diseases or conditions.
  • the compounds that modify splicing are small molecule splicing modulators (SMSMs).
  • R A1 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OR 5 , substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 0 haioalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
  • ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl or substituted monocyclic heteroaryl; is a single bond or a double bond;
  • X is -NR 21 -, and Z is CR 8 ; or
  • R 1 is hydrogen, substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl, substituted Cb-Cg cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl; each R 2 and R 3 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, substituted or un substituted C 1 -C 4 haioalkyl, or substituted or un substituted C 1 -C 4 heteroalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted C 4 -C 7 heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl , each R 5 , R’ a , and R 3b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C & heteroalkyl, substituted or
  • R 5a and R 3b are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form substituted or unsubstituted C2-C8 heterocycloalkyl; each R 6 is independently substituted or unsubstituted Ci-CV, alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haioalkyl, substituted or un substituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl, -OR 5 , -NR 5a R 5b , or -CH 2 OR 5 ;
  • R 8 is hydrogen, substituted or un substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or un substituted Ci- 06 haioalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl ene, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 alkenyl ene, substituted or un substituted C 1 -C 4 heteroalkyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted Cu-Ce eycloaikylene;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci- 0 6 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Cs-Cs cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 7 heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; each R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, -OR 5 , substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
  • R 21 is hydrogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted -C1-C 4 alkylene-(C 3 -Cs cycloalkyl), -C1-C4 alkylene- OR’, substituted or unsubstituted C 3--- C 5 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C3 heterocycloalkyl; each R 22 , R 2 a , and R 22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1---C4 heteroalkyl; a is 0 or 1; h is 0; c is 1; and d is
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce eycloaikylene; a is I; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 0.
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2 alkenylene, or substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- Cs-Ce eycloaikylene; a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is k [00026] In some other embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C4 alkenyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 heteroalkyl ene; a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 1.
  • a is 0. In some embodiments, a is I . In some embodiments, d is 0. In some embodiments, d is 1.
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (la):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (lb):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Id):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (le):
  • R 22 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-CU alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 1--- C 4 heteroalkyl.
  • R 22 is unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 22 is substituted C 1--- C 4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 22 is C 1--- C 4 alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl and/or halogen. In some embodiments, R 22 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1-- C 4 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 22 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 heteroalkyl.
  • R 22 is hydrogen, -CH 3 , -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, - CH2NHCH3, -CH 2 N(CH 3 )2, -CH2OCH3, -Cl Id , -d ll .. or -CF 3.
  • R 22 is hydrogen, ( ⁇ I .. -CH2CH3, ⁇ ( H2OH. -CH 2 OCH 3 , ( ⁇ I l ⁇ , -Cl IF 2. or -( ' lb.
  • R 22 is hydrogen.
  • R 22 is deuterium.
  • R 22 is -CH3.
  • R 22 is -CD3.
  • R 22 is -CF 3.
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Iaa):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (fob):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Icc):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Idd):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (lee):
  • the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Iff): [00041]
  • R 8 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalky!. In some embodiments, R 8 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 0 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is hydrogen, deuterium, -CH 3 , or -OCH 3. In some embodiments, R 8 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 8 is deuterium.
  • X is -NR 21 -
  • R 21 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C 4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 2- C 3 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 21 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 21 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 21 is substituted or unsubstituted C 3- C 5 cycloalkyl.
  • R 21 is substituted or unsubstituted C 2- C 3 heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 2i is hydrogen, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -P i(( ' l I ⁇ . > 2, -CH 2 F, ⁇ ( I P ⁇ . -CF 3 , cyclopropyl, or oxetanyl.
  • R 21 is hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH 3 , -CH(CH3)2, -CF3, cyclopropyl, or oxetanyl.
  • R 21 is hydrogen, -Cl k. -Cl !(Cf 1 ;) ⁇ .
  • R 21 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 21 is -CH 3 or cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R 21 is -CDs. In some embodiments, R l is -CH 3. In some embodiments, R 21 is cyclopropyl.
  • R 21 is -C1-C4 alkylene-fCs-C cycloalkyl). In some embodiments, R 21 is -CFIb-fCs-Cs cycloalkyl) and -CH -CH 2 -(C 3--- C 5 cycloalkyl).
  • each R 22a and R 22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 heteroalkyl.
  • R 22a is substituted or unsubstituted Ci- C 4 alkyl.
  • R 22a is substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 haloalkyl.
  • R 22a is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C 4 heteroalkyl.
  • R 223 ⁇ 4 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl.
  • R 22b is substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 22b is substituted or unsub sti tided C 1- C 4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, each R 22a and R 22b is independently hydrogen, ⁇ Ci k - CH2CH 3 , -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH ) 2 , -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2NHCH3, -CH 2 N(CH 3 ) 2 , - CH 2 OCH 3 , -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , or -CF 3 .
  • each R 22a and R 22b is independently hydrogen, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , or -CF 3.
  • each R 22a and R 22b is hydrogen.
  • each R 22a and R 22b is -CH 3.
  • R 22a is -CH 3.
  • R a is -CD 3.
  • R 22a is hydrogen.
  • R 22a is deuterium.
  • R 22b is -CH 3.
  • R b is -CD 3
  • R 2 b is hydrogen
  • R 22b is deuterium.
  • ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl.
  • each R QI , R Q2 , and R Q3 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, -CN, OH, -O h, -CH2CH 3 , -CH2CH2CH 3 , ⁇ CH(CFI 3 )2, -CF 3 , OCl .
  • X -OCH2CH3, -CH2OCH 3 , -OCH2CH2CH 3 , and -OCH(CH 3 ) 2.
  • R Q1 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH 3 , or -CH 3.
  • R Q1 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R Q! is F. In some embodiments, R Q! is CH 3. In some embodiments, R Q1 is CD 3. In some embodiments, R Q1 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R Q2 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH 3 , or -CH 3. In some embodiments, R Q2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R Q2 is F. In some embodiments, R Q2 is CH 3. In some embodiments, R Q2 is CD 3. In some embodiments, R Q2 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R Q3 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, OCH 3 , or -CH 3. In some embodiments, R Q3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R Q3 is F. In some embodiments, R Q3 is CH 3. In some embodiments, R QJ is CD 3. In some embodiments, R Q3 is deuterium.
  • ring Q is substituted monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments,
  • R Q3 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , - 0( ⁇ (O3 ⁇ 4) 2 .Ih some embodiments, each R Ql , R Q2 , and R QJ is independently hydrogen, F, Cl, - CN, -OH, -CH 3 ,-CP 3, or -OCH 3. In some embodiments, each R Qf , R Q2 , and R Q3 is independently -CN, -CF3, or -OCF3. In some embodiments, each R Ql , R Q2 , and R Qi is independently hydrogen, F, -CF3, or-OCIR.
  • each R Q1 , R Qi , and R Q3 is independently hydrogen, F, or Cl.
  • R Q! is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, - OCH3, or -CH 3.
  • R Q1 is hydrogen.
  • R Q1 is F.
  • R Qi is CH 3.
  • R Q! is CD 3.
  • R Q1 is deuterium.
  • R Q is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH3.
  • R Q2 is hydrogen.
  • R Q2 is F.
  • R Q2 is CH 3.
  • R Q2 is CD3. In some embodiments, R Q2 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R Q3 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, R Q3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R Q3 is F. In some embodiments, R Q3 is CH3. In some embodiments, R QJ is CD3. In some embodiments, R QJ is deuterium.
  • each R 2 and R 3 is independently -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , or -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , in which one or more hydrogens is substituted with deuterium.
  • each R 2 and R 3 is independently hydrogen, - CH 3 , -OCH 3 , or -CF 3 .
  • each R 2 and R J is hydrogen.
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
  • R 2 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 is deuterium.
  • R J is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
  • R 3 is deuterium.
  • R 4 is oxazofyl or pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted triazofyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted tetrazolyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyi.
  • R 4 is -C( 0) ⁇ H( H «.
  • R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted 5- membered heteroaryl.
  • R 4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from halogen and C 1 -C4 alkyl.
  • R 4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from halogen and C 1 -C 4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from F, Cl, and -CH 3. In some embodiments, R 4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with -CH 3. In some embodiments, the 5- membered heteroaryl comprises 1-4 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 5-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 O ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 5- membered heteroaryl comprises 1 S ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms.
  • the 5-membered heteroaryl is selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, and tetrazolyl. In some embodiments, the 5-membered heteroaryl is selected from oxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is 6-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from F, Cl, and -( ' l l ⁇ .. In some embodiments, R 4 is 6- membered heteroaryl substituted with -C! C. In some embodiments, the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1-4 N ring atoms.
  • the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 O ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 S ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms.
  • the R 4 is pyridinyl. In some embodiments, the R 4 is pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, the R 4 is pyrazinyi. In some embodiments, the R 4 is triazinyl.
  • R 1 is substituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is hydrogen.
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkylene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 alkylene. In some embodiments, W is Ci- C 3 alkylene substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from F, -OH, - OCH 3 , and -CH 3 . In some embodiments, W is Cl l ⁇ . -CHF-, -CH(CH 3 )-, -CH(OH)-, - GOOCHS)-, -CF2-, -CH2CH2-, -CHFCH2-, ( ' ! !
  • W is Ci k , ( ' l l! ⁇ . i ' i liCI h) . ( 11(011) . -CH(OCH 3 )-, or -CF 2-.
  • W is -CH 2- . In some embodiments, W is - CHF-. In some embodiments, W is ---CH 2 CH 2--- In some embodiments, W is -CHFCH 2 -, - CH 2 CHF-, -CF 2 CH 2- , or -CH 2 CF 2 . In some embodiments, W is --CH 2 CF 2- . In some embodiments, W is -CF 2 CH 2- . In some embodiments, W is -CH 2 CHF-. In some embodiments, W is -CHFCH 2- . In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 heteroalkylene.
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 4 alkyiene.
  • W is C 3 -C4 alkyiene substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from F, -OH, -OCH 3 , and -GH 3.
  • W is -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2- , - CHFCH2CH2-, -CH2CHFCH2-, -CH2CH2CHF-, -CF2CH2CH2--, -CH2CF2CH2--, - CH2CH2CF2-, -CH(OH)CH 2 CH2-, -CH?Q-I(0I-I)CH 2- , -CH2CH 2 CH(0H)-, - CH(0CH3)CH 2 CH2-, -CH2CH(OCH3)CH 2- , -CH2CH 2 CH(OCH3)-, — CH(CH3)CH 2 CH2- - ( ⁇ kCl i(( !
  • W is -CH2CH2CH2-. In some embodiments, W is -CH 2 CHFCH 2-- or --CH 2 CF 2 CH 2-- . In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, W is -CH2OGH2-. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 4 alkenylene. In some embodiments, W is Cl i 'Cl ! ( 11- or P 1 P K ⁇ ! -.
  • R is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloal yl, or substituted or un sub tituted C2-C4 heterocycloalkyl.
  • R is substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 fluoroalkyl.
  • R is substituted or unsubstituted C 1- G 4 heteroalkyl.
  • R is substituted or unsubstituted C 3- C 5 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R is substituted or unsubstituted C 2- C 4 heterocycloalkyl.
  • R is hydrogen, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -GH 2 CH 2 OH, - CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , cyclopropyl, or oxetanyl.
  • R is -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , - CH 2 F, -CHI 7 ?. , or -CF 3 .
  • R is hydrogen.
  • R is -CII 3 .
  • each of R u , R i2 , R°, R i4 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, F, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl.
  • each of R 1 ⁇ R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, F, -OCH 3 , -CBb, -CH 2 CH 3 , - CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF 3 .
  • each of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 13 , R 16 , R 1 ', R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and F.
  • one or more of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R lb , R 17 , R 18 , R l9 , and R 20 is deuterium. In some embodiments, at least one of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 13 , R 16 , R 1 ', R 18 , R 19 and R 20 is F and is present in the compound. In some embodiments, one of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 1 ', R 18 , R 19 and R 20 is F and present in the compound.
  • At least two of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R i6 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 are F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, at least one of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 13 , R 16 , R 1 ', R 18 , R 19 and R 20 is F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, one of R 11 , R 12 , R l , R 14 , R 16 , and R 17 is F and present in the compound.
  • At least two of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R l6 , and R l7 are F and present in the compound.
  • at least one of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R l3 , R 16 , R l / , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 comprises a fluorine and is present in the compound, e.g., F or C 1- C 4 fluoroalkyl such as CH 2 F, CF 3 , CHF 2 , and CH 3 CH 2 F.
  • At least one of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 is F or C 1- C 4 fluoroalkyl and present in the compound.
  • R 11 is -OR 5 , wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 11 is substituted or un substituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 11 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 11 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -C3 ⁇ 4, -CH2OH, -C i 1 ⁇ -CHF 2 , and -CF . In some embodiments, R 11 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 11 is D. In some embodiments, R 11 is H. In some embodiments, R 11 is F. In some embodiments, R 11 is -OCH 3 .
  • R 12 is -OR 5 , wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 12 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 12 is substituted or un substituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 12 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CH 3 , -CH2OH, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF . In some embodiments, R 12 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 12 is D. In some embodiments, R 12 is H. In some embodiments, R l2 is F. In some embodiments, R 12 is -OCH 3.
  • R 13 is -OR 3 , wherein R 3 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 13 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 15 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroaikyl. In some embodiments, R 15 is H, F, -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF3, -CHi, -CH2OH, -C i 1 ⁇ -CHF 2 , and -CF . In some embodiments, R 1 ’ is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 15 is D. In some embodiments, R 15 is H. In some embodiments, R 15 is F. In some embodiments, R 1 5 is -OCH 3.
  • R 16 is -OR 5 , wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 16 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 16 is substituted or un substituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroaikyl. In some embodiments, R 16 is H, F, -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF3, -Cl k -Cl FOI L -Cl l ⁇ ! ⁇ , -CHF 2 , and -CF 3 . In some embodiments, R 16 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 16 is D. In some embodiments, R l ° is H. In some embodiments, R l6 is F. In some embodiments, R 10 is -OCH 3.
  • R 1 ' is -OR 5 , wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 ' is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 ' is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroaikyl. In some embodiments, R 17 is H, F, -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF 3 , -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF 3. In some embodiments, R 1 ' is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 1 ' is D. In some embodiments, R 17 is H. In some embodiments, R 1 7 is F. In some embodiments, R 1 ' ’ is -OCH 3.
  • R 18 is -OR 5 , wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 18 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 18 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C 3 fluoroaikyl. In some embodiments, R 18 is H, F, -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF3, -CH3, -CH 2 OFI, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF . In some embodiments, R 18 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R l8 is D. In some embodiments, R 18 is H. In some embodiments, R 18 is F. In some embodiments, R 18 is -OCH 3.
  • R 19 is -OR 5 , wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Cj-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 19 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 19 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroaikyl. In some embodiments, R 19 is H, F, -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF3, -Cl l ⁇ ... -CH 2 OFI, -Cl l ⁇ ! ⁇ , -CHF2, and -Cll ⁇ . In some embodiments, R 19 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 19 is D. In some embodiments, R 19 is FI. In some embodiments, R l9 is F. In some embodiments, R 19 is -OCH 3.
  • R 20 is -OR 5 , wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 20 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 20 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroaikyl In some embodiments, R 20 is H, F, -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF 3 , -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF 3. In some embodiments, R 20 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 20 is D. In some embodiments, R 2 " is H. In some embodiments, R 20 is F. In some embodiments, R 2 " is -OCH 3. [00067] In some embodiments, R 11 and R 12 are hydrogen.
  • R ltJ is F. In some embodiments, R 18 is F.
  • each R l3 and R 20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -OR 5 , substituted or un substituted C1-C3 alkyl, substituted or un substituted C1-C3 fluoroaikyi, and substituted or unsubstituted C 1 --C 3 heteroalkyl.
  • each R 15 and R 20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -t ' l l ⁇ .. -CH 2 OH, -OCH 2 CN, - OH, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CN, -OCF 3 , -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF 3 .
  • each R 15 and R 20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, -CFI3, -OCH 3 , -OCF 3 , -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF 3 . In some embodiments, each R 15 and R 20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, -CH 3 , and -OCH 3 . In some embodiments, each R 15 and R 20 is independently selected from hydrogen and -CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 15 and R 20 are both -CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 15 is hydrogen and R 2 " is -CH 3. In some embodiments, R l5 is -CH 3 and R 20 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 13 and R 20 are both hydrogen.
  • R 15 and R 20 are both deuterium. In some embodiments, R 15 and R 20 are selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -CH 3 , and -OCH 3 . In some embodiments, R 15 is F and R 0 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 15 is hydrogen and R 20 is F. In some embodiments, R 15 is hydrogen and R 20 is CPFs In some embodiments, R 15 is CH 3 and R 20 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 13 and R 20 are the same. In some embodiments, R 15 and R 20 are different.
  • At least one of W, R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R i6 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 comprises a fluorine, e.g., F or C 1 -C 4 fluoroaikyi such as CH?F, CF 3 , CFIF 2 , and CH3CH2F.
  • one of W, R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R i5 , R 16 , R i7 , R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 comprises a fluorine.
  • W comprises a fluorine
  • R A1 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OR 5 , or substituted or unsubstituted C -Cs alkyl.
  • R Ai is halogen.
  • R A! is CN.
  • R Al is -OR 5 .
  • R A1 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl.
  • R A1 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl.
  • R A1 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -( ' l l ⁇ , -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CHzF, -CHF 2 , or -CF 3 .
  • R A1 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -CH 3 , or -OCH 3.
  • R Al is hydrogen, F, Cl, or -CFI3.
  • R Ai is hydrogen.
  • the abundance of deuterium in each of R A1 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R Sa , R 5b , R 6 , R 8 , R 21 , R 22 , R 22a , R 22b , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , and/or R 20 is independently at least 1%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% of a total number of hydrogen and deuterium.
  • one or more of R A1 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 5a , R 5b , R 6 , R 8 , R 21 , R 22 , R 22a , R 2 b , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R l5 , R 16 , R 12 , R 18 , R 19 , and/or R 20 groups comprise deuterium at a percentage higher than the natural abundance of deuterium
  • R A2 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OR 5 , substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C & haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
  • ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl or substituted monocyclic heteroaryl; is a single bond or a double bond;
  • X is NR 21 - and Z is CR S ;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl, substituted Cs-Cs cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl; each R 2 and R 3 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl; substituted or unsubstituted C 4 -C7 heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl; each R 5 , R 5a , and R 5b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alky], substituted or un substituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or un substituted Cj-Cs heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C
  • R 5a and R 3b are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cs heterocycloalkyl; each R 6 is independently substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cc, haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl, -OR 5 , -NR 5a R 5b , or -CH2OR 5 ;
  • R 8 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci- C 6 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl,
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 alkyl ene, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 alkenyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- Cs-Cc, cycloalkyl ene;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci- Ce heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 7 heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; each R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 1 ', R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, -OR 5 , substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl,
  • R 21 is hydrogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C 4 haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, -C1-C4 alkylene-OR 5 , substituted or unsubstituted C 3- C 4 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 2- C 3 heterocycloalkyl; each R 22 , R 2 a , and R 22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 heteroalkyl; a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 1. [00074] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (II)
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula
  • R 22 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci -CU alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-CAhaloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cb heteroalkyl.
  • R 22 is unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 22 is substituted C 1- C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 22 is C 1 -C 4 alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl and/or halogen. In some embodiments, R 22 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 22 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C4 heteroalkyl.
  • R 22 is hydrogen, -Ci k -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, - CH 2 NHCH 3 , CHAiCl l ⁇ )::, -CH 2 OCH 3 , -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , or -CF .
  • R 22 is hydrogen, -Ci k -CH2CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2OCH3, -CH2F, -Cl I! ⁇ or -CF 3 .
  • R 22 is deuterium.
  • R 22 is -CFk
  • R 22 is -CDs.
  • R 22 is -CF3.
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (Ilaa):
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (Ilbb):
  • the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIcc):
  • R 8 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce ha!oalkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 8 is hydrogen, deuterium, -OR, or -OCH 3. In some embodiments, R 8 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 8 is deuterium.
  • X is -NR 21 -.
  • R 21 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1--- C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3-- C 4 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 2 -C 3 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R 21 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 21 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 21 is substituted or unsubstituted C 3 -C 5 cycloalkyl.
  • R 21 is substituted or un substituted C 2- C 3 heterocycloalkyl.
  • R 21 is hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH(CH 3 )2, -CFI2F, -CHF2, -CF3, cyclopropyl, or oxetanyl.
  • R 21 is hydrogen, -CII3, -CH2CH3, ⁇ CH(CFi3)2, -CF3, cyciopropyl, or oxetanyl.
  • R 21 is hydrogen, -CH 3 , -CHfCFRR cyciopropyl, or oxetanyl.
  • R 21 is hydrogen.
  • R 21 is -CH 3 or cyclopropyl.
  • R 21 is -CD 3 .
  • R 21 is -CII 3
  • R 2! is cyclopropyl.
  • each R 22a and R 22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 ---C 4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 heteroalkyl.
  • R 22a is substituted or unsubstituted Ci- C 4 alkyl
  • R 22a is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C4 haloalkyl
  • R 22a is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 heteroalkyl.
  • R 22b is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 ---C 4 alkyl
  • R 2 b is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 haloalkyl.
  • R 22b is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 heteroalkyl.
  • each R 22a and R 22b is independently hydrogen, -CH 3 , - CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , Cl l(( ! h; ⁇ :. -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 NHCH 3 , -Cl l iCI h)2.
  • each R 22a and R 22b is independently hydrogen, -Cl l ⁇ .. -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 OCH 3 , -Cl Id ⁇ , -CHF 2 , or -CF 3.
  • each R 22a and R 22b is hydrogen.
  • each R 22a and R 22b is -CH 3 .
  • R 22a is -CH 3.
  • R 22a is -CI) 3.
  • R 22a is hydrogen.
  • R 22a is deuterium.
  • R 22b is -CH 3.
  • R 22b is -CD 3. In some embodiments, Ii 22b is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 22b is deuterium.
  • ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl.
  • each Il Ql , R Q2 , and R Q3 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, ⁇ CN, -OH, -Cl l ⁇ . -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH 3 ) 2 , -CF 3 ,
  • R Q1 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH 3 , or -CH 3 .
  • R Q1 is hydrogen.
  • R Q1 is F.
  • R Q1 is CH 3 .
  • R Q1 is CD 3 .
  • R Q1 is deuterium.
  • R Q is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH 3 , or -CH 3 .
  • R Q2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R Q2 is F. In some embodiments, R Q2 is CH 3 . In some embodiments, R Q2 is CD 3 . In some embodiments, R Q2 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R Q3 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH 3 . In some embodiments, R Q3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, Ii Q3 is F. In some embodiments, Il Q3 is CH 3 . In some embodiments, R Q3 is CD 3. In some embodiments, R Q3 is deuterium .
  • ring Q is substituted monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R Q! , R Q2 , and
  • R Q3 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -C! !;, -CH2CH3, -
  • each R Qi , R Q2 , and R Q3 is independently hydrogen, F, Cl, - CN, —OH, ⁇ CH 3 ,-CF 3 , or -OCH 3 .
  • each R Qf , R Q2 , and R Q3 is independently -CN, -CF 3 , or -OCF 3 .
  • each R Q1 , R Q2 , and R QJ is independently hydrogen, F, -CF 3 , or -OCF 3 .
  • each R Q1 , R Q2 , and R Q3 is independently hydrogen, F, or Cl.
  • R Q1 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, - OCH 3 , or -C! 1 ;
  • R Ql is hydrogen.
  • R Ql is F.
  • R Ql is CH 3 .
  • R Q1 is CD 3.
  • R Q1 is deuterium.
  • R Q is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH 3 , or -CH 3 .
  • R Q2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R Q2 is F. In some embodiments, R Q2 is CH S . In some embodiments, R Q is CD 3 . In some embodiments, R Q2 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R Q Ns hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH 3 , or -CH 3 . In some embodiments, R Q Ns hydrogen. In some embodiments, R Q3 is F. In some embodiments, R Q3 is CH 3 . In some embodiments, R Q3 is CD 3 In some embodiments, R Q3 is deuterium.
  • each R 2 and R 3 is independently hydrogen, deuterium, or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R 2 and R 3 is independently hydrogen, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -0H(O3 ⁇ 4) 2 , or -CF 3. In some embodiments, each R 2 and R 3 is independently hydrogen, -( ' ! !;. -CH 2 CH 3 , or -CHfChbh. In some embodiments, each R 2 and R 3 is independently hydrogen, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CH 3 , or -OCH(CH 3 ) 2.
  • each R 2 and R 3 is independently ⁇ Ci l ⁇ .. -CH 2 CH 3 , or -Ci KP bp, in which one or more hydrogens is substituted with deuterium.
  • each R 2 and R 3 is independently hydrogen, - CII 3 , -OCH 3 , or -CF 3.
  • each R 2 and 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
  • R 2 is hydrogen.
  • R 2 is deuterium.
  • R 3 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 4 alkyl.
  • R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 3 is deuterium.
  • R 4 is -C( 0) ⁇ HCH «.
  • R 4 is substituted or unsubstituted 5- membered heteroaryl.
  • R 4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from halogen and C1-C4 alkyl.
  • R 4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from halogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from F, Cl, and -CH3. In some embodiments, R 4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with -CH3. In some embodiments, the 5- membered heteroaryl comprises 1-4 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 5-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 O ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 5- mernbered heteroaryl compri ses 1 S ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms.
  • the 5-membered heteroaryl is selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, and tetrazolyl. In some embodiments, the 5-membered heteroaryl is selected from oxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazo!yl, and thiadiazolyl. In some embodiments, R 4 is 6-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from F, Cl, and -CH3. In some embodiments, R 4 is 6- membered heteroaryl substituted with -( ' ! 1; In some embodiments, the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1-4 N ring atoms.
  • the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 O ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 S ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms.
  • the R 4 is pyridinyl. In some embodiments, the R 4 is pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, the R 4 is pyrazinyl. In some embodiments, the R 4 is triazinyl.
  • R 1 is substituted Ci-Cs alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 is hydrogen.
  • W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 alkylene.
  • W is C1-C2 alkylene substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from F, -OH, -OCH 3 , and -CH 3.
  • W is -CH 2- , -CHF-, - ( ⁇ i(CI I ) , -CH(OH)-, ( I 1(0( 11 ;) , CF ? .
  • W is -CH2CH2-, - CHFCH2-, -CH2CHF-, -CH(CH 3 )CH 2- P I>( ⁇ 1(( ⁇ I ;) , - CH(0H)CH2-, ( l i d 11(01 ! , - CH(OCH 3 )CH 2- , -CH 2 CH(0CH3)-, -CF2CH2-, or -CH2CF2-.
  • W is - CH 2 -.
  • W is -CHF-.
  • W is -CH 2 CH 2 -.
  • W is -CHFCH2-, -CH 2 CHF-, -CF2CH2-, or -CH2CF2 In some embodiments, W is -CH 2 CF 2-. In some embodiments, W is -CF 2 CH 2--. In some embodiments, W is - CH 2 CHF-. In some embodiments, W is ---CHFCH ?.---. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- C3-C8 cycloalkylene or substituted or unsubstituted C 2 alkenyl ene.
  • R is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 alkyl, substituted or un substituted C1-C4 fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C 3- C 5 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C 2- C 4 heterocycloalkyl.
  • R is substituted or unsubstituted C 1- C 4 fluoroalkyl.
  • R is hydrogen, -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 OH, - CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , -CF 3 , cyclopropyl, or oxetanyl.
  • R is -CII 3, -CH 2 CH 3 , - CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , or -CF 3.
  • R is hydrogen.
  • R is -CH 3.
  • each of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, F, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl.
  • R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 13 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, F, -OCH 3 , -CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 3 , - CH2CH2OH, -CH F, -CHF2, and -CF3.
  • R O j s independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and F.
  • one or more of R 11 , R 12 , R l , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 1 ', R l8 , R 19 , and R 20 is deuterium. In some embodiments, at least one of R 11 , R i2 , R 13 , R i4 , R 15 , R l °, R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 is F and is present in the compound. In some embodiments, one of R 11 , R 12 , R l , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 is F and present in the compound.
  • At least two of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 are F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, at least one of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 is F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, one of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 16 , and R 17 is F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, at least two of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 16 , and R 17 are F and present in the compound.
  • At least one of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 13 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 comprises a fluorine and is present in the compound, e.g , F or C 1 -C 4 fluoroalkyl such as CH 2 F, CF 3 , Cl 11 ⁇ ⁇ and CH 3 CH 2 F.
  • at least one of R u , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 and R 20 is F or C 1 -C 4 fluoroalkyl and present in the compound.
  • R 13 is -OR 5 , wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 15 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 15 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 15 is 11. F, -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF 3 , -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 F, -Ci l! ⁇ and -CF 3 . In some embodiments, R l5 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 15 is D. In some embodiments, R 15 is H. In some embodiments, R 13 is F. In some embodiments, R 15 is -OCH 3
  • R 16 is -OR 5 , wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 16 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R l ° is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 16 is H, F, -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF 3 , -CFI 3 , -CH 2 OH, -CFI 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF 3 . In some embodiments, R 10 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 16 is D. In some embodiments, R 16 is H. hi some embodiments, R 10 is F. In some embodiments, R l6 is -OCH 3 .
  • R 17 is -OR 5 , wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 1 ' is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 17 is substituted or un substituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 17 is H, F, -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF 3 , -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF . In some embodiments, R l7 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 1 ' is D. In some embodiments, R 17 is H. In some embodiments, R 17 is F. In some embodiments, R 17 is -OCH 3.
  • R 18 is -OR’, wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsub stituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 18 is substituted or un substituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 18 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 18 is H, F, -OH, -OCH-,, -OCF 3 , -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -CII 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF 3. In some embodiments, R 18 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 18 is D. In some embodiments, R 18 is H. In some embodiments, R 18 is F. In some embodiments, R l8 is -OCH 3 .
  • R 19 is -OR 5 , wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 19 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 19 is substituted or un sub stituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 19 is H, F, -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF 3 , -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF . In some embodiments, R 19 is FI, D, or F. In some embodiments, R l9 is D. In some embodiments, R 19 is H. In some embodiments, R 19 is F. In some embodiments, R 19 is -OCH 3.
  • R 20 is -OR’, wherein R 5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 20 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R 20 is substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R 20 is H, F, -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF3, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF 3 . In some embodiments, R 2 " is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R 20 is D. In some embodiments, R 20 is H. In some embodiments, R 20 is F. In some embodiments, R 20 is -OCH 3.
  • each R 15 and R 20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -OR 5 , substituted or unsubstituted C -C 3 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C -C 3 fluoroalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C 1-- C 3 heteroalkyl.
  • each R 15 and R 20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -CH 3 , -CH 2 OH, -OCH 2 CN, - OH, -OCH 3 , -OCH 2 CN, -OCF 3 , -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF 3.
  • each R 1 ’ and R 20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, -CII 3 , -OCH 3 , -OCF 3 , -CFI 2 F, -CHF 2 , and -CF 3.
  • each R 15 and R 20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, -CII 3 , and -OCH .
  • each R 15 and R 20 is independently selected from hydrogen and -CH 3.
  • R i 5 and R 20 are both -CH 3.
  • R 1 ’ is hydrogen and R 2 " is -CH 3.
  • R l5 is -CH 3 and R 20 is hydrogen.
  • R 1 ’ and R 20 are both hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 15 and R 20 are both deuterium. In some embodiments, R 15 and R 20 are selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -CH 3 , and -OCH 3. In some embodiments, R 15 is F and R 20 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 1 ’ is hydrogen and R 2 " is F. In some embodiments, R 15 is hydrogen and R 20 is CH 3 . In some embodiments, R 15 is C3 ⁇ 4 and R 20 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R 15 and R 20 are the same. In some embodiments, R 15 and R 20 are different.
  • At least one of W, R u , R 12 , R i5 , R 14 , R i5 , R 16 , R 1 1 , R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 comprises a fluorine, e.g., F or Ci-CVfluoroalkyl such as CH2F, CF3, CHF2, and CH3CH2F.
  • a fluorine e.g., F or Ci-CVfluoroalkyl such as CH2F, CF3, CHF2, and CH3CH2F.
  • one of W, R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R i4 , R 15 , R i6 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 compri ses a fluorine.
  • W compri ses a fluorine.
  • R 16 is F. In some embodiments, R 18 is F.
  • R A2 is hydrogen, halogen, ⁇ CN, -OR 5 , or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, R A2 is halogen. In some embodiments, R A2 is CN. In some embodiments, R A2 is -OR 5 . In some embodiments, R 42 is substituted or unsubstituted C -Cs alkyl. In some embodiments, R A2 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R A2 is hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, -CN, -CH3, -CH 2 CH 3 , -CH2CH2CH3, - C! KC!
  • R 2 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -CH 3 , -OH, -OCH 3 , -OCF 3 , -CH 2 F, -CHF 2 , or -CF 3.
  • R 42 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -CII 3 , or -OCH 3 .
  • R A2 is hydrogen, F, Cl, or -CH3. In some embodiments, R A2 is hydrogen.
  • R 58 , R 5b , R 6 , R s , R 21 , R 22 , R 22a , R 22b , R n , R 12 , R 13 , R i4 , R 15 , R 16 , R 17 , R 18 , R 19 , and/or R 20 is independently at least 1%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% of a total number of hydrogen and deuterium.
  • one or more of R' 32 , R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 5a , R 5b , R 6 , R 8 , R 21 , R 22 , R 22a , R 22b , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 , R ! / , R 18 , R 19 , and/or R 20 groups comprise deuterium at a percentage higher than the natural abundance of deuterium.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intravenous administration, subcutaneous administration, oral administration, inhalation, nasal administration, dermal administration, or ophthalmic administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in a form of a tablet, a pill, a capsule, a liquid, an inhalant, a nasal spray solution, a suppository, a suspension, a gel, a colloid, a dispersion, a suspension, a solution, an emulsion, an ointment, a lotion, an eye drop or an ear drop.
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a second therapeutic agent.
  • a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof is used in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
  • a compound of the disclosure or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease
  • a compound of the disclosure or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease
  • described herein is a method for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
  • a combination comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more therapeutically active co-agents.
  • described herein is a method of treating a disease or condition comprising administering a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
  • a method of modulating splicing comprising contacting a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a pre-mRNA.
  • the compound binds to the pre-mRNA and modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA in a cell of a subject
  • the modulating comprises promoting exon skipping of the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the modulating alters a ratio of a first splice vari ant of the pre-mRNA to a second splice variant of the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the first splice variant is an mRNA encoding a full length protein and wherein the second splice variant is an mRNA encoding a truncated protein
  • the modulating increases the ratio of the mRNA encoding the truncated protein to the mRNA encoding the full length protein. In some embodiments, the modulating decreases the ratio of the mRNA encoding the full length protein to the mRNA encoding the truncated protein. In some embodiments, the ratio of the mRNA encoding the truncated protein to the mRNA encoding the full length protein is altered in at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 75%, or at least 90% of the cell.
  • the compound modulates affinity between the pre-mRNA and a splicing complex component.
  • the splicing complex component comprises a snRNA
  • the snRNA comprises Ul snRNA, U2 snRNA, U4 snRNA, !J5 snRNA, !J6 snRNA, Ull snRNA, U12 snRNA, U4atac snRNA, U5 snRNA, U6 atac snRNA, or any combination thereof.
  • the snRNA comprises Ul snRNA.
  • the splicing complex component comprises 9G8, A1 hnRNP, A2 hnRNP, ASD-1, ASD-2b, ASF, B1 hnRNP, Cl hnRNP, C2 hnRNP, CBP20, CBP80, CELF, F hnRNP, FBP11, Fox-1, Fox-2, G hnRNP, H hnRNP, hnRNP 1, hnRNP 3, hnRNP C, hnRNP G, hnRNP K, hnRNP M, hnRNP U, Hu, HUR, I hnRNP, K hnRNP, KH-type splicing regulatory protein (KSRP), L hnRNP, M hnRNP, mBBP, muscle-blind like (MBNL), NF45, NFAR, Nova- 1, Nova-2, nPTB, P54/SFRS11, polypyrimidine tract binding protein (MBNL), NF45,
  • the compound binds to a splicing complex. In some embodiments, the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre- mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre-mRNA at a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre-mRNA upstream of a splice site sequence or downstream of a splice site sequence
  • the compound interacts with an unpaired bulged nucleobase of an RNA duplex, and wherein the RNA duplex comprises a splice site sequence.
  • the splice site sequence comprises at least one bulged nucleotide or a mutant nucleotide at a -3, -2, -I, +1, +2, +3, +4, +5 or +6 position of the splice site sequence.
  • the compound modulates a resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates the resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre-mRNA at the splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates the resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre- mRNA upstream of the splice site sequence or downstream of the splice site sequence.
  • the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA at a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA upstream of a splice site sequence or downstream of a splice site sequence.
  • the splice site sequence is a 5’ splice site sequence, a 3’ splice site sequence, a branch point splice site sequence, an exonic splicing enhancer (ESE) sequence, an exonic splicing silencer (ESS) sequence, an intronic splicing enhancer (ISE) sequence, an intronic splicing silencer (ISS) sequence, a polypyrimidine tract sequence, a cryptic splice site sequence, or any combination thereof.
  • ESE exonic splicing enhancer
  • ESS exonic splicing silencer
  • ISE intronic splicing enhancer
  • ISS intronic splicing silencer
  • exemplary SMSM compounds are selected from Table 1 below.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising any of the described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intravenous administration, subcutaneous administration, oral administration, inhalation, nasal administration, dermal administration, or ophthalmic administration.
  • the pharmaceutical composition is in a form of a tablet, a pill, a capsule, a liquid, an inhalant, a nasal spray solution, a suppository, a suspension, a gel, a colloid, a dispersion, a suspension, a solution, an emulsion, an ointment, a lotion, an eye drop or an ear drop.
  • the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a second therapeutic agent.
  • described herein is a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
  • described herein is a use of a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
  • described herein is a use of a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
  • described herein is a method for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease comprising administering an effective amount of a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
  • described herein is a combination comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more therapeutically active co-agents
  • described herein is a method of treating a disease or condition comprising administering a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
  • described herein is a method of modulating splicing comprising contacting a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a pre-mRNA.
  • the compound binds to the pre-mRNA and modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA in a cell of a subject.
  • the modulating comprises promoting exon skipping of the pre-mRNA.
  • the modulating alters a ratio of a first splice variant of the pre-mRNA to a second splice variant of the pre- mRNA.
  • the first splice variant is an mRNA encoding a full length protein and the second splice variant is an mRNA encoding a truncated protein.
  • the modulating increases the ratio of the mRN A encoding the truncated protein to the mRN A encoding the full length protein.
  • the modulating decreases the ratio of the mRNA encoding the full length protein to the mRNA encoding the truncated protein.
  • the ratio of the mRNA encoding the truncated protein to the mRNA encoding the full length protein is altered in at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 15%, or at least 90% of the cell.
  • the compound modulates affinity between the pre-mRNA and a splicing complex component.
  • the splicing complex component comprises a snRNA.
  • the snRNA comprises U1 snRNA, U2 snRNA, U4 snRNA, U5 snRNA, U6 snRNA, U11 snRNA, U12 snRNA, U4atac snRNA, U5 snRNA, U6 atac snRNA, or any combination thereof
  • the snRNA comprises Ul snRNA.
  • the splicing complex component comprises 9G8, A1 hnRNP, A2 hnRNP, ASD-1, ASD ⁇ 2b, ASF, Bi hnRNP, Cl hnRNP, C2 hnRNP, CBP20, CBP80, CELF, F hnRNP, FBP11, Fox-1, Fox-2, G hnRNP, H hnRNP, hnRNP 1, hnRNP 3, hnRNP C, hnRNP G, hnRNP K, hnRNP M, hnRNP U, Hu, HUR, I hnRNP, K hnRNP, KH-type splicing regulatory protein (KSRP), L hnRNP, M hnRNP, mBBP, muscle-blind like (MBNL), NF45, NFAR, Nova-1, Nova-2, nPTB, P54/SFRS11, polypyritnidine tract binding protein (PTB),
  • the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre-mRNA at a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre-mRNA upstream of a splice site sequence or downstream of a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound interacts with an unpaired bulged nuc!eobase of an RNA duplex, and the RNA duplex comprises a splice site sequence.
  • the splice site sequence comprises at least one bulged nucleotide or a mutant nucleotide at a -3, - 2, -1, +1, +2, +3, +4, +5 or +6 position of the splice site sequence.
  • the compound modulates a resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates the resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre- mRNA at the splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates the resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre-mRNA upstream of the splice site sequence or downstream of the splice site sequence.
  • the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA at a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA upstream of a splice site sequence or downstream of a splice site sequence.
  • the splice site sequence is a 5’ splice site sequence, a 3’ splice site sequence, a branch point splice site sequence, an exonie splicing enhancer (ESE) sequence, an exonie splicing silencer (ESS) sequence, an intronic splicing enhancer (ISE) sequence, an intronic splicing silencer (ISS) sequence, a polypyrimidine tract sequence, a cryptic splice site sequence, or any combination thereof.
  • ESE exonie splicing enhancer
  • ESS exonie splicing silencer
  • ISE intronic splicing enhancer
  • ISS intronic splicing silencer
  • the splice modifying compound described herein possesses one or more stereocenters and each stereocenter exists independently in either the R or S configuration.
  • the compounds presented herein include suitable diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof.
  • the compounds and methods provided herein include suitable cis, trans, syn, anti, exo, endo,
  • E Endo, Endo,
  • Z isomers as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof.
  • compounds described herein are prepared as their individual stereoisomers by reacting a racemic mixture of the compound with an optically active resolving agent to form a pair of diastereoisomeric compounds/salts, separating the diastereomers and recovering the optically pure enantiomers.
  • resolution of enantiomers is carried out using covalent diastereomeric derivatives of the compounds described herein.
  • diastereomers are separated by separation/resolution techniques based upon differences in solubility.
  • separation of stereoisomers is performed by chromatography or by the forming diastereomeric salts and separation by recrystallization, or chromatography, or any combination thereof. Jean Jacques, Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, “Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions”, John Wiley And Sons, Inc., 1981.
  • stereoisomers are obtained by stereoselective synthesis.
  • the compounds described herein are labeled isotopicaily (e.g. with a radioisotope) or by another other means, including, but not limited to, the use of chromophores or fluorescent moieties, bioluminescent labels, or chemiluminescent labels.
  • Compounds described herein include isotopically-labeled compounds, which are identical to those recited in the various formulae and structures presented herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
  • isotopes examples include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, such as, for example, 2 I1 3 H, f 3 C, l4 C, 15 N, 18 0, l / 0, 35 S,
  • isotopically-laheled compounds described herein for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3 H and 14 C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays.
  • substitution with isotopes such as deuterium affords certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
  • compositions described herein may be formed as, and/or used as, pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • pharmaceutical acceptable salts include, but are not limited to: (1) acid addition salts, formed by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable: inorganic acid, such as, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, and the like; or with an organic acid, such as, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, maionic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, trifluoroaeetie acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic
  • compounds described herein may coordinate with an organic base, such as, but not limited to, ethano!amine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N- methyiglucamine, dicyclohexylamine, tris(hydroxym ethyl )methylamine.
  • compounds described herein may form salts with amino acids such as, but not limited to, arginine, lysine, and the like.
  • Acceptable inorganic bases used to form salts with compounds that include an acidic proton include, but are not limited to, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like.
  • a reference to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms, particularly solvates.
  • Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoho!ates are formed when the solvent is alcohol.
  • solvates of compounds described herein are conveniently prepared or formed during the processes described herein.
  • the compounds provided herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the compounds and methods provided herein.
  • Suitable reference books and treatise that detail the synthesis of reactants useful in the preparation of compounds described herein, or provide references to articles that describe the preparation include for example, “Synthetic Organic Chemistry”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York; S. R. Sandler et ai., “Organic Functional Group Preparations,” 2nd Ed., Academic Press, New York, 1983; H. O. House, "Modem Synthetic Reactions", 2nd Ed., W. A. Benjamin, Inc. Menlo Park, Calif. 1972; T. L. Gilchrist, "Heterocyclic Chemistry”, 2nd Ed., John Wiley &
  • the term “one or more” refers to the range from one substituent to the highest possible number of substitution, i.e. replacement of one hydrogen up to replacement of all hydrogens by substituents.
  • SMSM small molecule splicing modulators
  • splice modifying compounds are interchangeably used herein and refer to compounds as disclosed herein and stereoisomers, tautomers, solvates, and salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) thereof.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts denotes salts which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include both acid and base addition salts.
  • Ci-C x includes C1-C2, C1-C3 . . . Ci-C x.
  • a group designated as "C 1 -C 4 " indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e. groups containing 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms or 4 carbon atoms.
  • C 1 -C 4 alkyl indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl group, i.e., the alkyl group is selected from among methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso- propyl, «-butyl, iso- butyl, sec-butyl, and /-butyl
  • amino refers to the --NH2 substituent.
  • hydroxy refers to the -OH substituent.
  • halo halogen
  • halide halide
  • alkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical, having from one to twenty carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond.
  • An alkyl comprising up to 10 carbon atoms is referred to as a Ci-Cio alkyl, likewise, for example, an alkyl comprising up to 6 carbon atoms is a Ci-Cc, alkyl.
  • Alkyls (and other moieties defined herein) comprising other numbers of carbon atoms are represented similarly.
  • Alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, Ci-Cio alkyl, C1-C9 alkyl, Ci-C 8 alkyl, C1-C7 alkyl, Ci-Ce alkyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 alkyl and C 4 -C 8 alkyl.
  • Representative alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl,
  • the alkyl is methyl or ethyl.
  • the alkyl is -CH(CH3)2 or -CCCHbU Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkyl group may be optionally substituted as described below'.
  • alkylene or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group.
  • the alkylene is -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2-, or -( ' I K ' f 1(C11 )( ' ! I .' ⁇ .
  • the alkylene is -CH2-.
  • the alkylene is --CH2CH2-.
  • the alkylene is -CH2CH2CH2-.
  • alkoxy refers to a radical of the formula -QR X where R x is an alkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkoxy group may be optionally substituted as described below. Representative alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, m ethoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy. In some embodiments, the alkoxy is methoxy. In some embodiments, the alkoxy is ethoxy.
  • alkylamino refers to a radical of the formula -NHR X or -NR X R X where each R x is, independently, an alkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylamino group may be optionally substituted as described below 7 .
  • an alkenyl is selected from ethenyl ( .e , vinyl), propenyl (/. ⁇ ?., allyl), butenyl, pentenyl, pentadienyl, and the like.
  • alkenylene or “alkenyl ene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain in which at least one carbon-carbon double bond is present linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group.
  • the alkenylene is - C! I C! lCl l ⁇ -
  • alkynyl refers to a type of alkyl group in which at least one carbon- carbon triple bond is present.
  • an alkenyl group has the formula -CoC- X , wherein R x refers to the remaining portions of the alkynyl group.
  • R x is H or an alkyl.
  • an alkynyl is selected from ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like.
  • Non-limiting examples of an alkynyl group include ⁇ C O f, - CoCCH 3 , -OCCH 2 CH 3 , and -CH 2 CoCH.
  • aromatic refers to a planar ring having a delocalized p-electron system containing 4n+2 p electrons, where n is an integer. Aromatics can be optionally substituted.
  • aromatic includes both a d groups (e.g., phenyl, naphthalenyl) and heteroaryl groups (e.g., pyridinyl, quinolinyl).
  • aryl refers to a radical comprising at least one aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom.
  • Aryl groups can be optionally substituted. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to phenyl, and naphthyl. In some embodiments, the aryl is phenyl. Depending on the structure, an aryl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e , an aryl ene group). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the term “aryl” or the prefix “ar-”(such as in “aralkyl”) is meant to include aryl radicals that are optionally substituted.
  • an and group comprises a partially reduced cycloalkyl group defined herein (e.g., 1,2-dihydronaphthalene).
  • an aryl group comprises a fully reduced cycloalkyl group defined herein (e.g., 1, 2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalene).
  • a d comprises a cycloal yl group
  • the aryl is bonded to the rest of the molecule through an aromatic ring carbon atom.
  • An aryl radical can be a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyc!ic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic) ring system, which may include fused, spiro or bridged ring systems.
  • haioalkyl denotes an alkyl group wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group has been replaced by same or different halogen atoms, particularly fluoro atoms.
  • haioalkyl include monofluoro-, difluoro-or trifluoro-methyl, -ethyl or -propyl, for example 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, fluoromethyl, or trifluorom ethyl
  • haloalkoxy denotes an alkoxy group wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkoxy group has been replaced by same or different halogen atoms, particularly fluoro atoms.
  • haloalkoxyl include monofluoro-, difluoro-or trifluoro-methoxy, - ethoxy or -propoxy, for example 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, fluorom ethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy.
  • perhaJoalkoxy denotes an alkoxy group where all hydrogen atoms of the alkoxy group have been replaced by the same or different halogen atoms.
  • bicyclic ring system denotes two rings which are fused to each other via a common single or double bond (annelated bicyclic ring system), via a sequence of three or more common atoms (bridged bicyclic ring system) or via a common single atom (spiro bicyclic ring system).
  • Bicyclic ring systems can be saturated, partially unsaturated, unsaturated or aromatic.
  • Bicyclic ring systems can comprise heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
  • Carbocyclic or “carbocycie” refer to a ring or ring system where the atoms forming the backbone of the ring are all carbon atoms. The term thus distinguishes carbocyclic from “heterocyclic” rings or “heterocycles” in which the ring backbone contains at least one atom which is different from carbon. In some embodiments, at least one of the two rings of a bicyclic carbocycie is aromatic. In some embodiments, both rings of a bicyclic carbocycie are aromatic. Carbocycie includes cycloaikyl and aryl.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic non-aromatic radical, wherein each of the atoms forming the ring (i.e skeletal atoms) is a carbon atom.
  • cycloalkyls are saturated or partially unsaturated.
  • cycloalkyls are spirocyclic or bridged compounds.
  • cycloalkyls are fused with an aromatic ring (in which case the cycloalkyl is bonded through a non-aromatic ring carbon atom).
  • Cycloaikyl groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms.
  • cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cycloalkyls having from three to ten carbon atoms, from three to eight carbon atoms, from three to six carbon atoms, or from three to five carbon atoms.
  • Monocyclic cycloaikyl radicals include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl.
  • the monocyclic cycloaikyl is cyclopentyl.
  • the monocyclic cycloaikyl is cyclopentenyl or cyc!ohexenyi.
  • the monocyclic cycloaikyl is cyclopentenyl.
  • Polycyclic radicals include, for example, adamantyl, 1,2-dihydronaphthalenyl, 1,4-dihydronaphthalenyl, tetrainyl, decalinyl, 3,4-dihydronaphthalenyl-I(2H)-one, spiro[2.2]pentyl, norbomyl and bicycle[l.l.l]pentyl.
  • a cycloalkyl group may he optionally substituted.
  • bridged refers to any ring structure with two or more rings that contains a bridge connecting two bridgehead atoms.
  • the bridgehead atoms are defined as atoms that are the part of the skeletal framework of the molecule and which are bonded to three or more other skeletal atoms.
  • the bridgehead atoms are C, N, or P
  • the bridge is a single atom or a chain of atoms that connects two bridgehead atoms.
  • the bridge is a valence bond that connects two bridgehead atoms.
  • the bridged ring system is cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the bridged ring system is heterocycloalkyl.
  • fused refers to any ring structure described herein which is fused to an existing ring structure.
  • the fused ring is a heterocyciyl ring or a heteroaryl ring
  • any carbon atom on the existing ring structure which becomes part of the fused heterocyciyl ring or the fused heteroaryl ring may be replaced with one or more N, S, and O atoms.
  • the non-limiting examples of fused heterocyciyl or heteroaryl ring structures include 6-5 fused heterocycle, 6-6 fused heterocycle, 5-6 fused heterocycle, 5-5 fused heterocycle, 7-5 fused heterocycle, and 5-7 fused heterocycle.
  • fluoroalkyl refers to an alkyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a fluorine atom.
  • a fluoralkyl is a Ci-Cefluoroalkyl.
  • a fluoroalkyl is selected from trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1 -fluoromethyl -2 -fluoroethyl, and the like.
  • a heteroalkyl is attached to the rest of the molecule at a carbon atom of the heteroalkyl.
  • a heteroalkyl is attached to the rest of the molecule at a heteroatom of the heteroalkyl.
  • a heteroalkyl is a Ci-Ceheteroalkyl.
  • Representative heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to -OCIUOMe, -OCH2CH2OH, - OCI kCl hOMe, or -OCH2CH2OCH2CH2NH2.
  • heteroalkyl ene or “heteroalkyiene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent heteroalkyl chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group. Unless stated otheiwise specifically in the specification, the heteroalkyl or heteroalkyiene group may be optionally substituted as described below.
  • Representative heteroalkyiene groups include, but are not limited to -CH2-O-CH2-, -CH 2 -N(alkyl)-CH 2 -, ( ⁇ l - ⁇ (ary
  • heterocycioalkyl refers to a cycloalkyl group that includes at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • the heterocycioalkyl radical may be a monocyclic, or bicyclic ring system, which may include fused (when fused with an aryl or a heteroaryl ring, the heterocycioalkyl is bonded through a non-aromatic ring atom) or bridged ring systems.
  • the nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclyl radical may be optionally oxidized.
  • the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized.
  • heterocycioalkyl radical is partially or fully saturated
  • heterocycioalkyl radicals include, but are not limited to, dioxolanyi, thienyl[l,3]dithianyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, decahydroquinolyl, decahydroisoquinolyl , imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazo!idinyl, morpholinyi, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidiny!, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, thi
  • heterocycioalkyl also includes all ring forms of carbohydrates, including but not limited to monosaccharides, disaccharides and oligosaccharides. Unless otherwise noted, heterocycioalkyl s have from 2 to 12 carbons in the ring. In some embodiments, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 10 carbons in the ring. In some embodiments, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 10 carbons in the ring and 1 or 2 N atoms. In some embodiments, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 10 carbons in the ring and 3 or 4 N atoms.
  • heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 12 carbons, 0-2 N atoms, 0-2 O atoms, 0-2 P atoms, and 0-1 S atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 12 carbons, 1-3 N atoms, 0-1 O atoms, and 0-1 S atoms in the ring. It is understood that when referring to the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycioalkyl, the number of carbon atoms in the heterocycioalkyl is not the same as the total number of atoms (including the heteroatoms) that make up the heterocycioalkyl (i.e. skeletal atoms of the heterocycioalkyl ring). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocycioalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
  • heterocycle refers to heteroaromatic rings (also known as heteroaryls) and heterocycioalkyl rings (also known as heteroali cyclic groups) that includes at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein each heterocyclic group has from 3 to 12 atoms in its ring system, and with the proviso that any ring does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms.
  • heterocycles are monocyclic, bicyclic, polycyclic, spirocyclic or bridged compounds.
  • Non-aromatic heterocyclic groups include rings having 3 to 12 atoms in its ring system and aromatic heterocyclic groups include rings having 5 to 12 atoms in its ring system.
  • the heterocyclic groups include benzo-fused ring systems.
  • non-aromatic heterocyclic groups are pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, oxazolidinonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyi, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyi, thiomorpholinyl, thioxanyl, piperazinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 1, 2,3,6- tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrrolin-2-yl, pyrrolin-3-yl, indolinyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl
  • aromatic heterocyclic groups are pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, isoindolyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, quinox
  • the foregoing groups are either C-attached (or C-linked) or TV-attached where such is possible.
  • a group derived from pyrrole includes both pyrrol-1 -yl (TV-attached) or pyrrol-3-yl (C-attached).
  • a group derived from imidazole includes imidazo!-l-yl or imidazoi-3-yl (both TV- attached) or imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl or imidazol-5-yl (all C-attached)
  • the heterocyclic groups include benzo-fused ring systems.
  • at least one of the two rings of a bicyclic heterocycle is aromatic.
  • both rings of a bicyclic heterocycle are aromatic.
  • heteroaryJ refers to an aryl group that includes one or more ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
  • heteroaryl is monocyclic or bicyclic.
  • monocyclic heteroaryls include pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, indolizine, indole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indazoie, benzimidazole, purine, quinolizine, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline,
  • monocyclic heteroaryls include pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazoiy!, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and furazanyl.
  • bicyclic heteroaryls include indolizine, indole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indazole, benzimidazole, purine, quinolizine, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, 1,8-naphthyridine, and pteridine.
  • heteroaryl is pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiadiazolyl or furyl.
  • a heteroaryl contains 0-6 N atoms in the ring.
  • a heteroaryl contains 1-4 N atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 4-6 N atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 0-4 N atoms, 0-1 O atoms, 0-1 P atoms, and 0- 1 S atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 1-4 N atoms, 0-1 0 atoms, and 0-1 S atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, heteroaryl is a C 1 -C 9 heteroaryl. In some embodiments, monocyclic heteroaryl is a C 1 -C 5 heteroaryl.
  • monocyclic heteroaryl is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl.
  • a bicyclic heteroaryl is a C 6 -C 9 heteroaryl.
  • a heteroaryl group comprises a partially reduced cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl group defined herein (e.g., 7,8-dihydroquinoline).
  • a heteroaryl group comprises a fully reduced cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl group defined herein (e.g., 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline).
  • heteroaryl comprises a cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl group
  • the heteroaryl is bonded to the rest of the molecule through a heteroaromatic ring carbon or hetero atom.
  • a heteroaryl radical can be a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic) ring system, which may include fused, spiro or bridged ring systems.
  • alkyl -aryl refers to a radical of the formula -R y -R x , wherein R x is an alkyl radical as described herein and R y is an aryl radical as described herein.
  • alkyl-heterocycloalkyr refers to a radical of the formula -R y -R x , wherein R x is an alkyl radical as described herein and R y is a heterocycloalkyl radical as described herein.
  • alkyl -heteroaryl refers to a radical of the formula -R y -R x , wherein R x is an alkyl radical as described herein and R y is a heteroaryl radical as described herein.
  • alkoxy-aryl refers to a radical of the formula -R y -R x , wherein R x is an alkoxy radical as described herein and R y is an aryl radical as described herein.
  • alkoxy-heterocycloalkyl refers to a radical of the formula -R y -R x , wherein R x is an alkoxy radical as described herein and R y is a heterocycloalkyl radical as described herein.
  • alkoxy-heteroaryl refers to a radical of the formula -R- v -R ' ⁇ wherein R x is an alkoxy radical as described herein and R y is an heteroaryl radical as described herein.
  • moiety refers to a specific segment or functional group of a molecule. Chemical moieties are often recognized chemical entities embedded in or appended to a molecule.
  • optional substituents are independently selected from D, halogen, -CN, -NH 2 , -OH, -NH(CH 3 ), -N(CH 3 ) 2 , -NH(cyclopropyl), -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF 3 , - OCH3, and -OCF3.
  • substituted groups are substituted with one or two of the preceding groups.
  • tautomer refers to a proton shift from one atom of a molecule to another atom of the same molecule.
  • the compounds presented herein may exist as tautomers. Tautomers are compounds that are interconverti ble by migration of a hydrogen atom, accompanied by a switch of a single bond and adjacent double bond. In bonding arrangements where tautomerization is possible, a chemical equil ibrium of the tautomers will exist. All tautomeri c forms of the compounds disclosed herein are contemplated. The exact ratio of the tautomers depends on several factors, including temperature, solvent, and pH. Some examples of tautomeric interconversions include:
  • module means to interact with a target either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity of the target, including, by way of example only, to enhance the activity of the target, to inhibit the activity of the target, to limit the activity of the target, or to extend the activity of the target
  • modulator refers to a molecule that interacts with a target either directly or indirectly.
  • the interactions include, but are not limited to, the interactions of an agonist, partial agonist, an inverse agonist, antagonist, degrader, or combinations thereof.
  • a modulator is an agonist.
  • co-administration or the like, as used herein, are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic agents to a single patient, and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or different route of administration or at the same or different time.
  • the term “pharmaceutical combination” as used herein, means a product that results from the mixing or combining of more than one active ingredient and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of the active ingredients.
  • the term “fixed combination” means that the active ingredients, e.g a compound described herein and a co-agent, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage.
  • the term “non-fixed combination” means that the active ingredients, e.g. a compound described herein and a co- agent, are administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specific intervening time limits, wherein such administration provides effective levels of the two compounds in the body of the patient.
  • cocktail therapy e.g. the administration of three or more active ingredients.
  • subject or “patient” encompasses mammals.
  • mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the Mammalian class: humans, non-human primates such as chimpanzees, and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like.
  • the mammal is a human.
  • compositions or medicaments containing the compounds of the present disclosure and a therapeutically inert carrier, diluent or excipient, as well as methods of using the compounds of the present disclosure to prepare such compositions and medicaments.
  • the compounds described herein may be formulated by mixing at ambient temperature at the appropriate pH, and at the desired degree of purity, with physiologically acceptable carriers, i.e., carriers that are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed into a galenical administration form.
  • physiologically acceptable carriers i.e., carriers that are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed into a galenical administration form.
  • the pH of the formulation depends mainly on the particular use and the concentration of compound, but preferably ranges anywhere from about 3 to about 8.
  • a splice modifying compound described herein is formulated in an acetate buffer, at pH 5.
  • the splice modifying compounds described herein are sterile.
  • the compound may be stored, for example, as a solid or amorphous composition, as a lyophilized composition or as an aqueous solution.
  • compositions are formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with good medical practice.
  • Factors for consideration in this context include the particular disorder being treated, the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of delivery' of the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners.
  • the “effective amount” of the compound to be administered will be governed by such considerations, and is the minimum amount necessary' to modify pre-mRNA splicing. For example, such amount may be below the amount that is toxic to normal cells, or the mammal as a whole.
  • the compounds of the current disclosure may be administered by any suitable means, including oral, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, transdermal, parenteral, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intrapulmonary, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural and intranasai, and, if desired for local treatment, intralesional administration.
  • Parenteral infusions include intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous administration.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure are formulated for administration to a mammal by intravenous administration, subcutaneous administration, oral administration, inhalation, nasal administration, dermal administration, or ophthalmic administration
  • the compounds of the present disclosure may be administered in any convenient administrative form, e.g., tablets, powders, capsules, solutions, dispersions, suspensions, syrups, sprays, suppositories, gels, emulsions, patches, etc.
  • Such compositions may contain components conventional in pharmaceutical preparations, e.g., diluents, carriers, pH modifiers, sweeteners, bulking agents, and further active agents.
  • the compounds of the present disclosure are administered in a form of a tablet, a pill, a capsule, a liquid, an inhalant, a nasal spray solution, a suppository, a suspension, a gel, a colloid, a dispersion, a suspension, a solution, an emulsion, an ointment, a lotion, an eye drop or an ear drop.
  • a typical composition is prepared by mixing a compound of the present disclosure and a carrier or excipient.
  • Suitable carriers and excipients are well known to those skilled in the art and are described in detail in, e.g., Ansel, Howard C, et al., Ansel’s Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2004; Germany Alfonso R., et al. Remington; The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2000; and Rowe, Raymond C. Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients.
  • compositions may also include one or more buffers, stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents, diluents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation of the drug (i.e., a compound of the present disclosure or pharmaceutical composition thereof) or aiding the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament).
  • buffers stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents, diluents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation of the drug (i.e., a compound of the present disclosure or pharmaceutical composition thereof) or aiding the manufacturing of
  • An example of a suitable oral dosage form is a tablet containing about 25mg, 5Qmg, IQOmg, 250mg, or 500mg of the compound of the present disclosure compounded with about 90-30 mg anhydrous lactose, about 5-40 mg sodium croscarmeilose, about 5 ⁇ 30mg polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) K30, and about 1-10 mg magnesium stearate.
  • the powdered ingredients are first mixed together and then mixed with a solution of the PVP.
  • the resulting composition can be dried, granulated, mixed with the magnesium stearate and compressed to tablet form using conventional equipment.
  • an aerosol composition can be prepared by dissolving the compound, for example 5-400 mg, of the present disclosure in a suitable buffer solution, e.g. a phosphate buffer, adding a tonicifier, e.g. a salt such sodium chloride, if desired.
  • a suitable buffer solution e.g. a phosphate buffer
  • a tonicifier e.g. a salt such sodium chloride
  • the solution may be filtered, e.g., using a 0.2 micron filter, to remove impurities and contaminants.
  • the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pre-mRNA splicing modifier, as described herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pre-mRNA splicing modifier, as described herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier, as described herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • the present disclosure relates to a combination comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier, as described herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more other therapeutically active pharmaceutical ingredients.
  • the compounds described herein are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in a conventional manner using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable inactive ingredients that facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations that can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen.
  • a summary of pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co , Easton, Pennsylvania 1975; Liberman, H.A.
  • a pharmaceutical composition can be a mixture of an SMSM described herein with one or more other chemical components (i.e.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients such as carriers, excipients, binders, filling agents, suspending agents, flavoring agents, sweetening agents, disintegrating agents, dispersing agents, surfactants, lubricants, colorants, diluents, solubilizers, moistening agents, plasticizers, stabilizers, penetration enhancers, wetting agents, anti -foaming agents, antioxidants, preservatives, or one or more combination thereof.
  • the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism.
  • compositions described herein can be administered to the subject in a variety of ways, including parenteraily, intravenously, intradermally, intramuscularly, colonicaily, rectaliy or intraperitonealiy.
  • the small molecule splicing modulator or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered by intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, subcutaneous injection, or intravenous injection of the subject.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be administered parenterally, intravenously, intramuscularly or orally.
  • the oral agents comprising a small molecule splicing modulator can be in any suitable form for oral administration, such as liquid, tablets, capsules, or the like.
  • the oral formulations can be further coated or treated to prevent or reduce dissolution in stomach.
  • compositions of the present invention can be administered to a subject using any suitable methods known in the art. Suitable formulations for use in the present invention and methods of delivery are generally well known in the art.
  • the small molecule splicing modulators described herein can be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient.
  • the compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions including pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents and the like, such as, for example, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
  • compositions described herein can be administrable to a subject in a variety of ways by multiple administration routes, including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g, intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intramedullar ⁇ ' injections, intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intralymphatic, intranasal injections), intranasal, buccal, topical or transdermal administration routes.
  • parenteral e.g, intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intramedullar ⁇ ' injections, intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intralymphatic, intranasal injections
  • intranasal buccal
  • topical or transdermal administration routes e.g, topical or transdermal administration routes.
  • the pharmaceutical formulations described herein include, but are not limited to, aqueous liquid dispersions, self-emulsifying dispersions, solid solutions, liposomal dispersions, aerosols, solid dosage forms, powders, immediate release formulations, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, tablets, capsules, pills, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, multiparticulate formulations, and mixed immediate and controlled release formulations.
  • the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a tablet.
  • pharmaceutical formulations containing an SMSM described herein are in the form of a capsule.
  • liquid formulation dosage forms for oral administration are in the form of aqueous suspensions or solutions selected from the group including, but not limited to, aqueous oral dispersions, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, gels, and syrups.
  • an SMSM described herein can be formulated for use as an aerosol, a mist or a powder.
  • the compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, or gels formulated in a conventional manner.
  • an SMSM described herein can be prepared as transdermal dosage forms.
  • an SMSM described herein can be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition suitable for intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intravenous injection.
  • an SMSM described herein can be administered topically and can be formulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams or ointments.
  • an SMSM described herein can be formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas.
  • Extensive posttranscriptional processing occurs before eukaryotic pre-mRNA matures and exits from the nucleus to the cytoplasm, including the addition of a 7-methylguanosine cap at the 5’ end, the cleavage and addition of a poly- A tail at the 3’ end as well as the removal of intervening sequences or introns by the spliceosome.
  • the vast majority of higher eukaryotic genes contain multiple introns that are spliced out with high precision and fidelity in order to maintain the reading frame of the exons.
  • Splicing of pre-mRNA can utilize the recognition of short consensus sequences at the boundaries and within introns and exons by an array of small nuclear ribonucleoprotein (snRNP) complexes (e.g., snRNPs Ul, U2, U4, U5, U6, Ul 1, U12m U4atc and U6 ate) and a large number of proteins, including spliceosomal proteins and positively as well as negatively acting splicing modulators.
  • snRNP small nuclear ribonucleoprotein
  • Serine-arginine-rich (SRVdomain-containing proteins generally serve to promote constitutive splicing. They can also modulate alternative splicing by binding to intronic or exonic splicing enhancer (ISE) or ESE, respectively) sequences. Other pre-mRNA binding proteins, such as hnRNPs, regulate splicing by binding to intronic or exonic splicing suppressor (ISS or ESS, respectively) sequences and can also act as general splicing modulators.
  • the SR protein family is a class of at least 10 proteins that have a characteristic serine/arginine rich domain in addition to an RNA-binding.
  • SR proteins are generally thought to enhance splicing by simultaneously binding to I 17 OK, a core component of the Ul snRNP, at the 5’ splice site, and the U2AF35 at the 3’ splice site, thus bridging the two ends of the iniron. While this particular function of SR proteins seems to be redundant, as any individual SR protein can commit a pre-mRNA for constitutive splicing, the role of the various SR proteins in alternative splicing of specific pre-mRNAs is distinct due in part to their ability to recognize and bind to unique consensus sequences. Phosphorylation of the RS domain of SR proteins can lead to the regulation of their protein interactions, RNA binding, localization, trafficking, and role in alternative splicing.
  • SRPKs SR protein Kinase
  • Clks Cdc2-like kinases
  • PAM pre-mRNA processing mutant 4
  • topoisomerase I Optimal phosphorylation of SR proteins may be required for proper functioning as both hypo- and hyperphosphorylation of the RS domains may be detrimental to their role in constitutive and alternative splicing
  • pre-mRNA splicing is the mechanism by which introns are removed from a pre-mRNA and the exons are ligated together to generate mature mRNAs and pre-miRNA that is then exported to the cytoplasm for translation into the polypeptide gene product.
  • Splicing of pre-mRNA can occur in cis, where two exons derive from two adjacent cotranscribed sequences, or in trans, when the two exons come from different pre-mRNA transcripts.
  • the ratio of the different protein products may be due to the frequency of alternative splicing events within a pre-mRNA that leads to different amounts of distinct splice variants.
  • alternative splicing of a pre-mRNA may lead to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 protein isoforms being expressed.
  • Alternative splicing allows for a single gene to express different isoforms of mRNA, thus playing a major role in contributing to the cellular complexity in higher eukaryotes without the need to expand the genome.
  • Splicing can also be subject to regulation by upstream signaling pathways.
  • an upstream signaling pathway may modulate alternative splicing and increase or decrease expression levels of different isoforms of mRNA
  • Alternative splicing events are highly regulated by numerous splicing factors in a tissue type-, developmental stage-, and signal-dependent manner. Furthermore, non-mutation based causes of splicing defects and defects in the splicing machinery itself, e.g., due to the loss/gain of function of splicing factors or their relative stoichiometry, cause of a wide range of human ailments, ranging from cancer to neurodegenerative diseases. In many diseases the disease state is caused by an alteration of the ratio of different isoforms of two or more proteins expressed from a gene.
  • the alteration in the ratio of the protein products is due to changes in the frequency of alternative splicing events within a pre-mRNA, leading to changes in the ratio of splice variants produced.
  • alternative splicing of a pre-mRNA may lead to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 protein isofornis being expressed.
  • a change in the splice variant ratio is caused by genetic mutation.
  • RNA-protein complex that occurs in unique steps and may comprise a subset of several hundred different proteins, in addition to five splieeosomal snRNAs. These factors are responsible for the accurate positioning of the spliceosome on the 5’ and 3’ splice site sequences. The reason why so many factors are needed reflects the observation that exon recognition can be affected by many pre-mRNA features such as exon length, sequence recognition, the presence of enhancer and silencer elements, the strength of upstream splicing signals, the promoter architecture, and the rate of RNA processivity, secondary and tertiary RNA structure.
  • transcriptome All mammalian diseases are ultimately mediated by the transcriptome.
  • messenger mRNA inRNA
  • rnRNA messenger mRNA
  • RNA is only a small portion of the transcriptome: other transcribed RNAs also regulate cellular biology either directly by the structure and function of RNA structures (e.g., ribonucieoproteins) as well as via protein expression and action, including (but not limited to) microRNA (miRNA), long noncoding RNA (IncRNA), long intergenic noncoding RNA (lincRNA), small nucleolar RNA (snoRNA), small nuclear RNA (snRNA), small Cajal body- specific RNA (scaRNA), pi wi -interacting RNA (pi RNA), competing endogenous (ceRNA), and pseudo-genes. Drugs that intervene at this level have the potential of modulating any and all cellular processes.
  • miRNA microRNA
  • IncRNA long noncoding RNA
  • lincRNA long intergenic noncoding RNA
  • small nucleolar RNA small nucleolar RNA
  • snRNA small nuclear RNA
  • scaRNA small Cajal body-specific RNA
  • RNA or siRNA Existing therapeutic modalities such as antisense RNA or siRNA, in most cases, have yet to overcome significant challenges such as drug delivery, absorption, distribution to target organs, pharmacokinetics, and cell penetration.
  • small molecules have a long history of successfully surmounting these barriers and these qualities, which make them suitable as drugs, are readily optimized through a series of analogues to overcome such challenges.
  • the application of small molecules as ligands for RNA that yield therapeutic benefit has received little to no attention from the drug discovery community.
  • DNA sequences in the chromosome are transcribed into pre-mRNAs which contain coding regions (exons) and generally also contain intervening non-coding regions (introns). Introns are removed from pre-mRNAs through splicing.
  • Pre-mRNA splicing proceeds by a two- step mechanism. In the first step, the 5’ splice site is cleaved, resulting in a “free” 5’ exon and a lariat intermediate. In the second step, the 5’ exon is ligated to the 3’ exon with release of the intron as the lariat product. These steps are catalyzed in a complex of small nuclear ribonucleoproteins and proteins called the spliceosome.
  • trans-splicing In most cases, the splicing reaction occurs within the same pre-mRNA molecule, which is termed cis-splicing. Splicing between two independently transcribed pre-mRNAs is termed trans-splicing.
  • Introns are portions of eukaryotic DNA, which intervene between the coding portions, or “exons,” of that DNA. Introns and exons are transcribed into RNA termed “primary transcript, precursor to mRNA” (or “pre-mRNA”) Introns can be removed from the pre-mRNA so that the native protein encoded by the exons can be produced (the term “native protein” as used herein refers to naturally occurring, wild type, or functional protein). The removal of introns from pre- mRNA and subsequent joining of the exons is carried out in the splicing process.
  • RNA RNA that contains both exons and intron(s)
  • mRNA mature mRNA
  • mRNA RNA in which the intron(s) have been removed and the exons joined together sequentially so that the protein may be translated therefrom by the ribosomes.
  • Introns can be defined by a set of “splice elements” that are part of the splicing machinery and may be required for splicing and which are relatively short, conserved RNA segments that bind the various splicing factors, which carry' out the splicing reactions.
  • each intron is defined by a 5’ splice site, a 3’ splice site, and a branch point situated there between.
  • Splice elements also comprise exon splicing enhancers and silencers, situated in exons, and intron splicing enhancers and silencers situated in introns at a distance from the splice sites and branch points. In addition to splice site and branch points these elements control alternative aberrant and constitutive splicing.
  • RNA transcripts of most eukaryotic genes are retained in the nucleus until non-coding intron sequences are removed by the spliceosome to produce mature messenger RNA (mRNA).
  • the splicing that occurs can vary', so the synthesis of alternative protein products from the same primary transcript can be affected by tissue-specific or developmental signals.
  • a significant fraction of human genetic diseases, including a number of cancers, are believed to result from deviations in the normal pattern of pre-mRNA splicing.
  • the spliceosome is a complex comprising ribonucieoprotein (snRNP) particles composed of small nuclear RNAs and proteins. snRNA components of the spliceosome can promote the two transesterification reactions of splicing.
  • snRNP ribonucieoprotein
  • U2-dependent spliceosome which catalyzes the removal of U2-type introns
  • U12-dependent spliceosome which is present in only a subset of eukaryotes and splices the rare U12-type class of introns.
  • the U2-dependent spliceosome is assembled from the Ul, U2, U5, and U4/TJ6 snRNPs and numerous non-snRNP proteins.
  • the U2 snRNP is recruited with two weakly bound protein subunits, SF3a and SF3b, during the first ATP-dependent step in spliceosome assembly.
  • SF3b is composed of seven conserved proteins, including PHF5a, SF3bl55, SF3bl45, SF3b 130, SF3b49, SF3bl4a, and SF3bl0.
  • Splicing or RNA splicing typically refers to the editing of the nascent precursor messenger RNA (pre-mRNA) transcript into a mature messenger RNA (rnRNA).
  • Splicing is a biochemical process which includes the removal of introns followed by exon ligation. Sequential transesterification reactions are initiated by a nucleophilic attack of the 5’ splice site (5’ss) by the branch adenosine (branch point; BP) in the downstream intron resulting in the formation of an intron lariat intermediate with a 2’, 5’ -phosphodiester linkage. This is foil owed by a 5’ss-mediated attack on the 3’ splice site (3’ss), leading to the removal of the intron lariat and the formation of the spliced RNA product
  • Cis- acting elements are sequences of the mRNA and can include core consensus sequences and other regulatory elements. Core consensus sequences typically can refer to conserved RNA sequence motifs, including the 5’ss, 3’ss, polypyrimidine tract and BP region, which can function for spliceosome recruitment.
  • BP refers to a partially conserved sequence of pre-mRNA, generally less than 50 nucleotides upstream of the 3 ’ ss. BP reacts with the 5 ’ ss during the first step of the splicing reaction.
  • ESE exonic splicing enhancer
  • ESS exonic splicing silencer
  • ISE intronic splicing enhancer
  • ISS intronic splicing silencer
  • Trans-acting factors can be proteins or ribonucleoproteins which bind to cis-acting elements
  • Each spliceosome contains five snRNPs: Ul, U2, U4, U5 and U6 snRNPs for the major spliceosome (which processes -95.5% of all introns); and Ull, UI2, U4atae, U5 and Ue atac snRNPs for the minor spliceosome Spliceosome recognition of consensus sequence elements at the 5’ss, 3’ss and BP sites is one of the steps in the splicing pathway, and can be modulated by ESEs, ISEs, ESSs, and ISSs, which can be recognized by auxiliary splicing factors, including SR proteins and hnRNPs.
  • Polypyrimidine tract-binding protein PTBP
  • PTBP Polypyrimidine tract-binding protein
  • Alternative splicing is a mechanism by which a single gene may eventually give rise to several different proteins.
  • Alternative splicing can be accomplished by the concerted action of a variety of different proteins, termed “alternative splicing regulatory proteins,” that associate with the pre-mRNA, and cause distinct alternative exons to be included in the mature mRNA.
  • alternative splicing regulatory proteins that associate with the pre-mRNA, and cause distinct alternative exons to be included in the mature mRNA.
  • These alternative forms of the gene’s transcript can give rise to distinct isoforms of the specified protein.
  • Sequences in pre-mRNA molecules that can bind to alternative splicing regulatory proteins can be found in introns or exons, including, but not limited to, ISS, ISE, ESS, ESE, and polypyrimidine tract. Many mutations can alter splicing patterns.
  • mutations can be cis-acting el ements, and can be located in core consensus sequences (e.g. 5’ss, 3’ss and BP) or the regulatory elements that modulate spliceosome recruitment, including ESE, ESS, ISE, and ISS.
  • core consensus sequences e.g. 5’ss, 3’ss and BP
  • regulatory elements that modulate spliceosome recruitment including ESE, ESS, ISE, and ISS.
  • a cryptic splice site for example, a cryptic 5’ss and a cryptic 3’ss, can refer to a splice site that is not normally recognized by the spliceosome and therefore are in the dormant state.
  • Cryptic splice site can be recognized or activated, for example, by mutations in cis-acting elements or trans-acting factors, or structural configurations, such as bulges.
  • the present invention contemplates use of small molecules with favorable drug properties that modulate the activity of splicing of a target RNA.
  • SMSMs small molecule splicing modulators
  • the SMSMs bind and modulate target RNA.
  • a library of SMSMs that bind and modulate one or more target RNAs.
  • the target RNA is mRNA.
  • the target RNA is mRNA a noncoding RNA.
  • the target RNA is a pre-mRNA
  • the target RNA is hnRNA.
  • the small molecules modulate splicing of the target RNA. In some embodiments, a small molecule provided herein modulates splicing at a sequence of the target RNA. In some embodiments, a small molecule provided herein modulates splicing at a cryptic splice site sequence of the target RNA. In some embodiments, a small molecule provided herein binds to a target RNA. In some embodiments, a small molecule provided herein binds to a splicing complex component. In some embodiments, a small molecule provided herein binds to a target RNA and a splicing complex component.
  • splicing event in a pre- mRNA molecule
  • methods of preventing or inducing a splicing event in a pre- mRNA molecule comprising contacting the pre-mRNA molecule and/or other elements of the splicing machinery' ⁇ e.g. , within a cell) with a compound provided herein to prevent or induce the splicing event in the pre-mRNA molecule.
  • the splicing event that is prevented or induced can be, e.g:, an aberrant splicing event, a constitutive splicing event or an alternate splicing event.
  • a small molecule compound described herein in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier prevents or induces an alternative or aberrant splicing event in a pre-mRNA molecule.
  • the DNA can encode a pre-mRNA that has a mutation or an aberrant secondary or tertiary' structure that causes downregulation of one or more isoforms of a protein.
  • the method can comprise introducing into the cell a small molecule provided herein that prevents an aberrant splicing event, whereby the native intron is removed by correct splicing and the native protein is produced by the cell.
  • a method comprises introducing into a cell a small molecule provided herein that modulates an alternate splicing event to produce a protein that has a different function than the protein that would be produced without modulation of alternate splicing.
  • a method of downregulating expression of a native protein in a cell containing a DNA encoding the native protein wherein the DNA contains a mutation or no mutation that causes upregulation of the native protein by aberrant and/or alternate splicing thereof.
  • the DNA can encode a pre-mRNA that has a mutation or an aberrant secondary or tertiary structure that causes upregulation of one or more isoforms of a protein.
  • the method can comprise introducing into the cell a small molecule provided herein that prevents an aberrant splicing event, whereby the native intron is removed by correct splicing and the native protein is produced by the cell.
  • a method comprises introducing into a cell a small molecule provided herein that modulates an alternate splicing event to produce a protein that has a different function than the protein that would be produced without modulation of alternate splicing.
  • a method can comprise preventing aberrant splicing in a pre- mRNA molecule containing a mutation or an aberrant secondary or tertiary structure and/or preventing an alternative splicing event.
  • the mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary structure can cause a pre-mRNA to splice incorrectly and produce an aberrant mRNA or mRNA fragment different from the mRNA ordinarily resulting from a pre-mRNA without the mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary structure.
  • s pre-mRNA molecule can contain: (i) a first set of splice elements defining a native intron which can be removed by splicing when the mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary structure is absent to produce a first mRNA molecule encoding a native protein, and (ii) a second set of splice elements induced by the mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary structure which defines an aberrant intron different from the native intron, which aberrant intron is removed by splicing when the mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary structure is present to produce an aberrant second mRNA molecule different from the first mRNA molecule.
  • the method can comprise contacting the pre-mRNA molecule and/or other factors and/or elements of the splicing machinery as described herein (e.g, within a cell) with a compound described herein to prevent or promote an aberrant splicing event in a pre-mRNA molecule, whereby the native intron is removed by correct splicing and native protein production is increased in the cell.
  • Also provided herein is a method of upregu!ating expression of a RNA that would otherwise be downregulated by modulating an alternative splicing event in the RNA.
  • the method can comprise contacting a pre-mRNA molecule and/or other elements and/or factors of the splicing machinery with a compound described herein to modulate alternate splicing events, whereby a native splicing event is inhibited and an alternate splicing event is promoted that upregulates expression of a RNA that is otherwise downregulated when under the control of the native splicing event.
  • Also provided herein is a method of downregulating expression of a RNA that would otherwise be upregulated by modulating an alternative splicing event in the RNA.
  • the method can comprise contacting a pre-mRNA molecule and/or other elements and/or factors of the splicing machinery with a compound described herein to modulate alternate splicing events, whereby a native splicing event is inhibited and an alternate splicing event is promoted that downregulates expression of a RNA that is otherwise upregulated when under the control of the native splicing event.
  • RNA to be expressed may be any RNA encoding a protein to be produced so long as the gene contains a native intron.
  • the RNA may be mutated by any suitable means, such as site-specific mutagenesis (see, T. Kunkel, U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,192) to deliberately create an aberrant second set of splice elements which define an aberrant intron which substantially downregulates expression of the gene.
  • a sequence encoding the RNA may be inserted into a suitable expression vector and the expression vector inserted into a host cell (e.g., a eukaryotic cell such as a yeast, insect, or mammalian cell (e.g, human, rat)) by standard recombinant techniques.
  • a host cell e.g., a eukaryotic cell such as a yeast, insect, or mammalian cell (e.g, human, rat)
  • the host cell can then be grown in culture by standard techniques.
  • a suitable compound of the present invention in a suitable formulation, can be added to the culture medium so that expression of the gene is upregulated.
  • a method of altering the ratio of splice variants produced from a gene can comprise contacting a pre-mRNA molecule and/or other elements and/or factors of the splicing machinery with a compound or compounds described herein to modulate alternative splicing events.
  • the compound or compounds of this invention can be used to act upon 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 alternative splicing events that may occur within a pre-mRNA.
  • a first splice variant may be downregulated or inhibited and/or a second splice variant may be upregulated, resulting in an altered ratio of splice variants of the two or more RNA.
  • a first splice variant may be upregulated while a second splice variant may be unaffected, thereby altering the ratio of the RNA. In some embodiments, a first splice variant may be downregulated while a second splicing event may be unaffected thereby altering the ratio of the RNA.
  • RNAs encoded by genes e.g., those developmental! y and/or tissue regulated (e.g , alternate splicing events).
  • a method of treating a subject having a condition or disorder associated with an alternative or aberrant splicing event in a pre-mRNA molecule comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein to modulate an alternative splicing event or prevent an aberrant splicing event, thereby treating the subject.
  • the method can, e.g, restore a correct splicing event in a pre-mRNA molecule.
  • the method can, e.g, utilize a small molecule compound described herein in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Formulations containing the small molecules described herein can comprise a physiologically or pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an aqueous carrier.
  • a physiologically or pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as an aqueous carrier.
  • formulations for use in the methods described herein include, but are not limited to, those suitable for oral administration, parenteral administration, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous and intra-arterial administration, as well as topical administration (e.g, administration of an aerosolized formulation of respirable particles to the lungs of a patient afflicted with cystic fibrosis or lung cancer or a cream or lotion formulation for transdermai administration of patients with psoriasis).
  • topical administration e.g, administration of an aerosolized formulation of respirable particles to the lungs of a patient afflicted with cystic fibrosis or lung cancer or a cream or lotion formulation for transdermai administration of patients with psoriasis.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be
  • the medicament upregulates gene expression.
  • the medicament downregulates gene expression.
  • the compound in the manufacture of at medicament according to the invention, can be admixed with, inter alia, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the carrier may be a solid or a liquid.
  • One or more compounds may be incorporated in any combination in the formulations described herein, which may be prepared by any of the well-known techniques of pharmacy, such as admixing the components, and/or including one or more accessory therapeutic ingredients.
  • described herein are low molecular weight compounds (sometimes referred to herein as small molecules, which block mRNA splicing and/or enhance (facilitate, augment) mRNA splicing.
  • the splicing that can be regulated by the methods described herein include alternative splicing, e.g., exon skipping, intron retention, pseudoexons skipping, exon exclusion, partial intron exclusion and others.
  • modulation of splicing can be accomplished in the presence of, or in the absence of, antisense oligonucleotides (AOs) that are specific for splicing sequences of interest.
  • AOs antisense oligonucleotides
  • a small molecule and an AO act synergistically.
  • a method comprises contacting a splice modulating compound (e.g., a SMSM) to a pre-mRNA that modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA to favor expression of a transcript that promotes cell proliferation.
  • a splice modulating compound e.g., a SMSM
  • a pre-mRNA that modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA to favor expression of a transcript that promotes cell proliferation.
  • an SMSM described herein can increase one or more isoforms of a transcript that promotes cell proliferation.
  • an SMSM described herein can decrease expression one or more isoforms of a transcript that prevents or inhibits cell proliferation.
  • a method comprises contacting a splice modulating compound (e.g., a SMSM) to a pre-mRNA that modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA to favor expression of a transcript that prevents or inhibits ceil proliferation.
  • a splice modulating compound e.g., a SMSM
  • an SMSM described herein can increase one or more isoforms of a transcript that prevents or inhibits cell proliferation.
  • an SMSM described herein can decrease expression one or more isoforms of a transcript that promotes cell proliferation.
  • a method of modulating splicing of pre-mRNA comprises using an SMSM to decrease expression or functionality of one or more isoforms of a transcript in a subject.
  • the method can comprise administering an SMSM, or a composition comprising an SMSM, to a subject, wherein the SMSM binds to a pre-mRNA or a splicing complex component and modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA to favor expression of one or more isoforms of a transcript.
  • the method can comprise administering an SMSM, or a composition comprising an SMSM, to a subject, wherein the SMSM binds to a pre-mRNA or a splicing complex component and modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA to disfavor expression of one or more isoforms of a transcript.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a subject afflicted with a disease or condition associated with aberrant splicing of a pre-mRNA.
  • the method can comprise administering an SMSM, or a composition comprising an SMSM, to a subject, wherein the SMSM binds to a pre-mRNA or a splicing complex component and modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA to inhibit expression of one or more isoforms of a transcript.
  • the method can comprise administering an SMSM, or a composition comprising an SMSM, to a subject, wherein the SMSM binds to a pre-mRNA or a splicing complex component and modulates the splicing of the pre-mRNA to increase expression of one or more isoforms of a transcript.
  • an aberrant gene product e.g, an RNA transcript or protein
  • aberrant amounts of a RNA transcript may lead to disease due to corresponding changes in protein expression. Changes in the amount of a particular RNA transcript may be the result of several factors.
  • changes in the amount of RNA transcripts may be due to an aberrant level of transcription of a particular gene, such as by the perturbation of a transcription factor or a portion of the transcription process, resulting in a change in the expression level of a particular RNA transcript.
  • changes in the splicing of particular RNA transcripts such as by perturbation of a particular splicing process or mutations in the gene that lead to modified splicing can change the levels of a particular RNA transcript Changes to the stability of a particular RNA transcript or to components that maintain RNA transcript stability, such as the process of poly-A tail incorporation or an effect on certain factors or proteins that bind to and stabilize RNA transcripts, may lead to changes in the levels of a particular RNA transcript.
  • RNA transcripts can also affect the amount of those transcripts, affecting or upregulating RNA transcript decay processes. Finally, aberrant RNA transport or RNA sequestration may also lead to changes in functional levels of RNA transcripts, and may have an effect on the stability, further processing, or translation of the RNA transcripts.
  • methods for modulating the amount of one, two, three or more RNA transcripts encoded by a pre-raRNA comprising contacting a cell with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the cell is contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a cell culture.
  • the ceil is contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a subj ect (e.g. , a non-human animal subj ect or a human subject).
  • compositions and methods for treating a disease or condition comprising administering an effective amount of a small molecule splicing modulator as described herein to a subject, in particular to a mammal.
  • compositions and methods for treating a disease or condition including steric modulator compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof that promote prevention or correction of exon skipping of a pre-mRNA.
  • the invention further provides compositions and methods for increasing production of mature mRNA and, in turn, protein, in cells of a subject in need thereof, for example, a subject that can benefit fro increased production of protein.
  • the invention further provides compositions and methods for decreasing production of mature mRNA and, in turn, protein, in cells of a subject in need thereof, for example, a subject that can benefit from decreased production of protein.
  • the described methods may be used to treat subjects having a disease or condition caused by a mutation in a gene, including missense, splicing, frameshift and nonsense mutations, as well as whole gene deletions, which result in deficient protein production.
  • the described methods may be used to treat subjects having a disease or condition not caused by gene mutation.
  • the compositions and methods of the present invention are used to treat subjects having a disease or condition, who can benefit from increased production of protein.
  • compositions and methods of the present invention are used to treat subjects having a disease or condition, who can benefit fro increased production of protein. In some embodiments, the compositions and methods of the present invention are used to treat subjects having a disease or condition, who can benefit from decreased production of a protein.
  • the method can comprise contacting cells of a subject with an S1V1S1V1 compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof that targets the pre-mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA or splicing complex component, whereby splicing of an exon from a pre-mRNA encoding a target protein or functional RNA is prevented or inhibited, thereby increasing a level of mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA, and increasing the expression of the target protein or functional RNA in the cells of the subject.
  • a method of increasing expression of a target protein by cells having a mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structure that causes exon skipping of pre-mRNA the pre-mRNA comprising a mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structure that causes exon skipping.
  • the method can comprise contacting the cells with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutical ly acceptable salt thereof that targets a pre-mRNA encoding a target protein or functional RNA, whereby splicing of an exon from a pre-mRNA encoding a target protein or functional RNA is prevented or inhibited, thereby increasing the level of mRNA encoding functional protein, and increasing the expression of protein in the cells.
  • the target protein is a tumor suppressor. In some embodiments, the target protein is a tumor promoter. In some embodiments, the target protein or the functional RNA is a compensating protein or a compensating functional RNA that functionally augments or replaces a target protein or functional RNA that is deficient in amount or activity in the subject. In some embodiments, the cells are in or from a subject having a condition caused by a deficient amount or activity of the protein.
  • the deficient amount of the target protein is caused by haploinsuffieiency of the target protein, wherein the subject has a first allele encoding a functional target protein, and a second allele from which the target protein is not produced, or a second allele encoding a nonfunctional target protein, and wherein an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof binds to a targeted portion of a pre-mRNA transcribed from the first allele.
  • the target protein is produced in a form that is fully- funetionaf compared to the equivalent protein produced from mRNA in which an exon has been skipped or is missing.
  • the pre-mRNA is encoded by a genetic sequence with at least about 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%o or 100% sequence identity to a pre-mRNA.
  • an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof increases the amount of the target protein or the functional RNA by modulating alternative splicing of pre-mRNA transcribed from a gene encoding the functional RNA or target protein.
  • an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof increases the amount of the target protein or the functional RNA by modulating aberrant splicing resulting from mutation of the gene encoding the target protein or the functional RNA.
  • the total amount of the mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA produced in the cell contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is increased at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 100%, at least about 150%, at least about 200%, at least about 250%, at least about 300%, at least about 400%, or at least about 500%, compared to the total amount of the mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA produced in a control ceil.
  • the total amount of target protein produced by the cell contacted with an SMSMS compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is increased at least about 20%, at least about 50%, at least about 100%, at least about 150%, at least about 200%, at least about 250%, or at least about 300%, compared to the total amount of target protein produced by a control cell.
  • a total amount of the RNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA produced in the cell contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is increased at least about 1.1 -fold, at least about 1.5-fold, at least about 2- fold, at least about 2.5-fold, at least about 3 -fold, at least about 3.5-fold, at least about 4-fold, at least about 5-fold, or at least about 10-fold compared to the total amount of the mRNA encoding the target protein or functional R A produced in a control cell.
  • a total amount of target protein produced by a cell contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is increased at least about 1.1 -fold, at least about 1.5-fold, at least about 2-fold, at least about 2.5-fold, at least about 3 -fold, at least about 3.5-fold, at least about 4-fold, at least about 5-fold, or at least about 10-fold, compared to the total amount of target protein produced by a control cell.
  • the total amount of the mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA produced in the ceil contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is decreased at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 100%, compared to the total amount of the mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA produced in a control cell.
  • the total amount of target protein produced by the cell contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is decreased at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 100%, compared to the total amount of target protein produced by a control cell.
  • binding of an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to pre-mRNA prevents splicing out of one or more exons and/or introns and/or proteins thereof, from the population of pre-mRNAs to produce mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA.
  • the cell comprises a population of pre-mRNAs transcribed from the gene encoding the target protein or functional RNA, wherein the population of pre-mRNAs comprises a mutation that causes the splicing out of one or more exons, and w ierein an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof binds to the mutation that causes the splicing out of the one or more exons in the population of pre-mRNAs.
  • the binding of an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to the mutation that causes the splicing out of the one or more exons prevents splicing out of the one or more exons from the population of pre-mRNAs to produce mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA.
  • the condition is a disease or disorder.
  • the method further comprises assessing protein expression.
  • an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof binds to a targeted portion of a pre-mRNA.
  • the binding of an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof catalyzes the inclusion of a missing exon or removal of an undesired retained intron or portions thereof, resulting in healthy mRNA and proteins. In some embodiments, the binding of an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has minimal to no effect on non-diseased cells.
  • An SMSM can modulate splicing at a splice site of a polynucleotide and does not exhibit significant toxicity.
  • an SMSM penetrates the blood brain barrier (BBB) when administered to a subject.
  • BBB blood brain barrier
  • an SMSM has a brain/biood AUC of at least about 0.1, 0 2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 40, or higher.
  • Aberrant splicing of mRNA can result in a defective protein and can cause a disease or a disorder in a subject.
  • the compositions and methods described herein can reduce this aberrant splicing of mRNA, such as pre-mRNA, and treat a disease or a disorder caused by this aberrant splicing.
  • RNA transcripts Diseases associated with changes to RNA transcript amount are often treated with a focus on the aberrant protein expression.
  • the processes responsible for the aberrant changes in RNA levels such as components of the splicing process or associated transcription factors or associated stability factors, could be targeted by treatment with a small molecule, it would be possible to restore protein expression levels such that the unwanted effects of the expression of aberrant levels of RNA transcripts or associated proteins. Therefore, there is a need for methods of modulating the amount of RNA transcripts encoded by certain genes as a way to prevent or treat diseases associated with aberrant expression of the RNA transcripts or associated proteins.
  • Mutations and/or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structures in cis-acting elements can induce three-dimensional structural change in pre-mRNA.
  • Mutations and/or aberrant secondary RNA structures in cis-acting elements can induce three-dimensional structural change in pre-mRNA when the pre-mRNA is, for example, bound to at least one snRNA, or at least one snRNP, or at least one other auxiliary splicing factor.
  • non-canonical base pairing of a non-canonical splice site sequence to a snRNA can form a bulge.
  • a bulge can be formed when the 5’ss is bound to U1-U12 snRNA or a portion thereof.
  • a bulge can be induced to form when 5’ss containing at least one mutation is bound to U1-U12 snRNA or a portion thereof.
  • a bulge can be formed when the cryptic 5’ss is bound to U1-U12 snRNA or a portion thereof.
  • a bulge can be induced to form when cryptic 5’ss containing at least one mutation is bound to U1-U12 snRNA or a portion thereof.
  • a bulge can be formed when the 3’ss is bound to U2 snRNA or a portion thereof.
  • a bulge can be induced to form when the 3’ss is bound to U2 snRNA or a portion thereof.
  • a bulge can be formed when the cryptic 3 ’ ss is bound to U2 snRNA or a portion thereof.
  • a bulge can be induced to form when the cryptic 3’ss is bound to U2 snRNA or a portion thereof.
  • the protein components of U1 and U2 may or may not present to form the bulge.
  • a small molecule can bind to a bulge.
  • a bulge is naturally occurring.
  • a bulge is formed by non-canonical base pairing between the splice site and the small nuclear RNA.
  • a bulge can be formed by non-canonical base-pairing between the 5’ss and U1-U12 snRNA.
  • the bulge can comprise 1 nucleotide, 2 nucleotides, 3 nucleotides, 4 nucleotides, 5 nucleotides, 6 nucleotides, 7 nucleotides, 8 nucleotides, 9 nucleotides, 10 nucleotides, 11 nucleotides, 12 nucleotides, 13 nucleotides, 14 nucleotides, or 15 nucleotides.
  • 3 -dimensional structural changes can be induced by a mutation without bulge formation.
  • a bulge may be formed without any mutation in a splice site.
  • a recognition portion can be formed by a mutation in any of the cis-acting elements.
  • a small molecule can bind to a recognition portion that is induced by a mutation.
  • a mutation and/or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structure at an authentic 5’ splice site can result in splicing at a cryptic 5’ splice site.
  • a mutation and/or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structure can be in one of the regulatory elements including ESEs, ESSs, ISEs, and ISSs.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide in an exon.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide upstream (5’) of the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the -1 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNN*nnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the -2 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NN*Nnnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the -3 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of N*NNnnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide in an intron. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide downstream (3’) of the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +1 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNn*nnnn, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +2 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNnn*nnn, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +3 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA cornpri sing a splice site sequence of NNNnn*nnn, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +4 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNnnn*nn, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +5 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNnnnn*n, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +6 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNnnnnn*, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +7 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNnnnnn*, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with one or more bulged nucleotides at the -1, -2, -3, +1, +2, +3, +4, +5, +6 and/or +7 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNN*nnnnnn, NN*Nnnnnn, N*NNnnnnn, NNNn*nnnnn, NNNnn*nnnn, NNNnnn*nnn, NNNnnnn*nn, NNNnnnn*n, NNNnnnn*n, NNNnnnnn*n, NNNnnnnnn*, or NNNnnnnnn*, wherin N* or n* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with one or more bulged nucleotides at the -1, -2, and/or -3 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA cornpri sing a splice site sequence of NNN*nnnnn, NN*Nnnnnn, or N*NNnnnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with one or more bulged nucleotides at the +1, +2, +3, +4, +5, +6 and/or +7 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNn*nnnnn, NNNnn*nnnn, NNNnnn n nnn, NNNnnn*nn, NNNnnnn*n, NNNnnnnn*, or NNNnnnnnn*, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the -1 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence and a bulged nucleotide at the -2 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NN*N*nnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the -2 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence and a bulged nucleotide at the -3 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence.
  • a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of N*N*Nnnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide.
  • an SMSM interacts with a bulged nucleotide of an RNA duplex comprising a splice site.
  • the RNA duplex comprises pre-mRNA.
  • an SMSM binds to an RNA duplex and interacts with an unpaired bulged nucieobase of an RNA duplex comprising a splice site.
  • a first portion of the SMSM interacts with the bulged nucleotide on a first RNA strand of the RNA duplex.
  • a second portion of the SMSM interacts with one or more nucleotides of a second RNA strand of the RNA duplex, wherein the first RNA strand is not the second RNA strand.
  • the SMSM forms one or more intermolecular interactions with the duplex RNA, for example, an ionic interaction, a hydrogen bond, a dipole-dipole interaction or a van der Waals interaction.
  • the SMSM forms one or more intermolecular interactions with the bulged nucleotide, for example, an ionic interaction, a hydrogen bond, a dipole-dipole interaction or a van der Waals interaction.
  • the duplex RNA comprises an alpha helix.
  • the bulged nucleotide is located on an external portion of a helix of the duplex RNA. In some embodiments, the bulged nucleotide is located within an internal portion of the helix of the duplex RNA .
  • a rate of exchange of the bulged nucleotide from within the interior of a helix of the duplex RNA to an exterior portion of the helix is reduced
  • the SMSM modulates a distance of the bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA. In some embodiments, the SMSM reduces the distance of the bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA. In some embodiments, the SMSM increases the distance of the bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA.
  • the bulged nucleotide is located within the interior of a helix of the duplex RNA of the complex. In some embodiments, the bulged nucleotide has modulated base stacking within an RNA strand of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the bulged nucleotide has increased base stacking within an RNA strand of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the bulged nucleotide has decreased base stacking within an RNA strand of the RNA duplex. [00285] In some embodiments, the SMSM modulates splicing at the splice site of the RNA duplex.
  • the SMSM increases splicing at the splice site of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the SMSM reduces splicing at the splice site of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the SMSM reduces a size of a bulge of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the SMSM removes a bulge of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the SMSM stabilizes a bulge of the RNA duplex.
  • the unpaired bulged nucleotide is free to rotate around a phosphate backbone of an RNA strand of the RNA duplex in the absence of the SMSM.
  • the SMS M reduces a rate of rotation of the unpaired bulged nucleotide.
  • the SMSM reduces a rate of rotation of the unpaired bulged nucleotide around a phosphate backbone of an RN A strand of the RNA duplex.
  • the SMSM is not an aptamer.
  • a method of modulating splicing comprising contacting a small molecule splicing modulator compound (SMSM) to a cell; wherein the SMSM interacts with an unpaired bulged nucleotide of an RNA duplex in the cell; wherein the duplex RNA comprises a splice site; and wherein the SMSM modulates splicing of the RNA duplex.
  • SMSM small molecule splicing modulator compound
  • a method for modulating the relative position of a first nucleotide relative to a second nucleotide, wherein the first nucleotide and the second nucleotide are within a duplex RNA comprising contacting a small molecule splicing modulator compound (SMSM) to the duplex RNA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the first nucleotide is a bulged nucleotide of the RNA duplex; wherein the duplex RNA comprises a splice site
  • SMSM small molecule splicing modulator compound
  • the duplex RNA comprises a helix.
  • the bulged nucleoti de i s located on an external portion of a helix of the duplex RNA prior to contacting the SMSM.
  • SMSM forms one or more intermolecular interactions with the duplex RNA.
  • the SMSM forms one or more intermolecular interactions with an unpaired bulged nucleotide.
  • the intermolecular interaction is selected from the group comprising an ionic interaction, a hydrogen bond, a dipole-dipole interaction or a van der Waals interaction.
  • a rate of exchange of the unpaired bulged nucleotide from within the interior of a helix of the duplex RNA to an exterior portion of the helix is reduced.
  • a rate of rotation of the unpaired bulged nucleotide is reduced.
  • a rate of rotation of the unpaired bulged nucleotide around a phosphate backbone of an RNA strand of the RNA duplex is reduced.
  • a distance of the unpaired bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA is modulated after contacting the SMSM.
  • the distance of the unpaired bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA is reduced.
  • unpaired bulged nucleotide is located within the interior of the helix of the duplex RNA.
  • a size of a bulge of the RNA duplex is reduced.
  • a bulge of the RNA duplex is removed or maintained.
  • splicing at the splice site of the RNA duplex is promoted.
  • base stacking of the unpaired bulged nucleotide within an RNA strand of the RNA duplex is increased after contacting the SMSM.
  • the distance of the unpaired bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA is increased or maintained.
  • a bulge of the RNA duplex is stabilized after contacting the SMSM.
  • the unpaired bulged nucleotide is located on an exterior portion of a helix of the duplex RNA.
  • a size of a bulge of the RNA duplex is increased.
  • splicing at the splice site of the RNA duplex is inhibited. In some embodiments, splicing is inhibited at the splice site. In some embodiments, base stacking of the unpaired bulged nucleotide within an RNA strand of the RNA duplex is reduced after contacting the SMSM.
  • Exemplar ⁇ ' sites targeted by the SMSMs described herein include 5’ splice sites, 3’ splice sites, polypyriniidine tracts, branch sites, splicing enhancers and silencer elements. Mutations or aberrant secondary' or tertiary RNA structures at hot spots can create mRNA sites or scaffold sequences that can be targeted. For example, many exons are flanked by the intronic dinucleotides GT and AG at the 5’ and 3’ splice sites, respectively. For example, mutations or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structures at these sites can cause, e.g., exclusion of an adjacent exon or inclusion of an adjacent intron.
  • Exemplary sites targeted by the SMSMs described herein include secondary' and sometimes tertiary' structures of RNA.
  • exemplary sites targeted by the SMSMs described herein include a stem loop, hairpin, branch point sequence (BPS), polypyrimidine tract (PPT), 5’ splice site (5’ss) and 3’ splice site (3’ss), duplex snRNA and splice sites and trans acting protein binding to RNA.
  • the target pre-mRNA can comprise a defective sequence, such as a sequence that produces a deficient protein, such as a protein with altered function such as enzyme activity, or expression, such as lack of expression.
  • a defective sequence impacts the structure of the RNA.
  • the defect sequence impacts recognition by siiilNP.
  • a mutation in native DNA and/or pre-mRNA, or an aberrant secondary or tertiary structure of RNA creates a new splice site sequence.
  • a mutation or aberrant RNA structure may cause native regions of the RNA that are normally dormant, or play no role as splicing elements, to become activated and serve as splice sites or splice elements.
  • Such splice sites and elements can be referred to as “cryptic”.
  • a native intron may become divided into two aberrant introns, with a new exon situated there between.
  • a mutation may create a new' splice site between a native 5’ splice site and a native branch point.
  • a mutation may activate a cryptic branch point sequence between a native splice site and a native branch point.
  • a mutation may create a new splice site between a native branch point and a native splice site and may further activate a cryptic splice site and a cryptic branch point sequentially upstream from the aberrant mutated splice site.
  • a mutation or misexpression of trans-acting proteins that regulate splicing activity may cause native regions of the RNA that are normally dormant, or play no role as splicing elements, to become activated and serve as splice sites or splice elements.
  • a mutation or misexpression of an SR protein may cause native regions of the RNA that are normally dormant, or play no role as splicing elements, to become activated and serve as splice sites or splice elements
  • a mutation in native DNA and/or pre-mRNA inhibits splicing at a splice site.
  • a mutation may result in a new splice site upstream from (i.e., 5’ to) a native splice site sequence and downstream from (i.e., 3’ to) a native branch point sequence.
  • the native splice site sequence and the native branch point sequence may serve as members of both the native set of splice site sequences and the aberrant set of splice site sequences.
  • a native splice element (e.g., a branch point) is also a member of the set of aberrant splice elements.
  • SMSMs provided herein can block the native element and activate a cryptic element (e.g, a cryptic 5’ss, a cryptic 3’ ss or a cryptic branch point), which may recruit remaining members of the native set of splice elements to promote correct splicing over incorrect splicing.
  • a cryptic element e.g, a cryptic 5’ss, a cryptic 3’ ss or a cryptic branch point
  • an activated cryptic splice element is in an intron.
  • an activated cryptic splice element is in an exon.
  • the compounds and methods provided herein can be used to block or activate a variety of different splice elements, depending on the type of aberrant splice element (e.g, mutated splice element or non -mutated splice element) and/or depending on regulation of a splice element (e.g, regulation by upstream signaling pathways).
  • the compounds and methods provided herein can block a mutated element, a n on-mutated element, a cryptic element, or a native element; it may block a 5’ splice site, a 3’ splice site, or a branch point.
  • an alternate splicing event can be modulated by employing the compounds provided herein.
  • a compound provided herein can be introduced into a cell in which a gene is present that encodes a pre-mRNA that comprises alternate splice sites.
  • a first splicing event occurs to produce a gene product having a particular function.
  • the first splicing event can be inhibited.
  • the first splicing event in the presence of the compound provided herein, the first splicing event can be inhibited and a second or alternate spli cing event occurs, resulting in expression of the same gene to produce a gene product having a different function.
  • a first inhibited splicing event e.g., a splicing event inhibited by a mutation, a mutation-induced bulge or a non-mutation induced bulge
  • the first inhibi ted splicing event e.g., a splicing event inhibited by a mutation, a mutation-induced bulge or a non mutation induced bulge
  • the inhibition of the first splicing event e.g, a splicing event inhibited by a mutation, a mutation-induced bulge or a non-mutation induced bulge
  • the inhibition of the first splicing event can be restored to a corresponding first splicing event that is uninhibited, in the presence of a compound provided herein, or the inhibition of the first splicing event can be decreased, in the presence of a compound provided herein.
  • a second or alternate splicing event occurs, resulting in expression of the same gene to produce a gene product having a different function.
  • a method of treating a disease or condition, such as cancer, in a mammal in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a splice modifying compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to the mammal in need thereof.
  • a method of treating a disease or condition, such as cancer, in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a splice modifying compound described herein.
  • the present disclosure relates to the use of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease or condition, such as cancer or diseases of the central nervous system.
  • a pre-mRNA is a human a pre-mRNA.
  • the present disclosure relates to the use of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of cancer.
  • a pre-mRNA splicing modifier described herein induces a transcriptionally inactive variant.
  • the present disclosure relates to a method for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease or condition, such as cancer, comprising administering an effective amount of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein to a subject, in particular to a mammal.
  • the present disclosure relates to the use of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of central nervous system diseases.
  • a pre-mRNA splicing modifier described herein induces a transcriptionally inactive variant.
  • the present disclosure relates to a method for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease or condition, such as central nervous system diseases, comprising administering an effective amount of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein to a subject, in particular to a mammal.
  • the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease or condition, such as cancer.
  • the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease or condition, such as diseases of the central nervous system.
  • the cancer treated by the compounds of the present disclosure is selected from the group consisting of cancer of the liver, prostate, brain, breast, lung, colon, pancreas, skin, cervix, ovary, mouth, blood and nervous system.
  • the cancer treated by the compounds of the present disclosure is leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, colon cancer, gastric cancer, macular degeneration, acute monocytic leukemia, breast cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma, cone-rod dystrophy, alveolar soft part sarcoma, myeloma, skin melanoma, prostatitis, pancreatitis, pancreatic cancer, retinitis, adenocarcinoma, adenoiditis, adenoid cystic carcinoma, cataract, retinal degeneration, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, Wegener’s granulomatosis, sarcoma, myopathy, prostate adenocarcinoma, Hodgkin’s lymphoma, ovarian cancer, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, multiple myeloma, chronic myeloid leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, colorectal
  • the cancer prevented and/or treated in accordance with the present disclosure is basal cell carcinoma, goblet cell metaplasia, or a malignant glioma, cancer of the liver, breast, lung, prostate, cervix, uterus, colon, pancreas, kidney, stomach, bladder, ovary, or brain.
  • the cancer prevented and/or treated in accordance with the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, kidney, colon, rectum or other gastrointestinal tract organs, stomach, spleen, skeletal muscle, subcutaneous tissue, prostate, breast, ovaries, testicles or other reproductive organs, skin, thyroid, blood, lymph nodes, kidney, liver, pancreas, and brain or central nervous system.
  • cancers include myxosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, endoth eli osarcoma, !ymphangioendotheliosarcoma, mesothelioma, synovioma, hemangioblastoma, epithelial carcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma and papillary adenocarcinomas.
  • cancers and conditions associated therewith that are prevented and/or treated in accordance with the present disclosure are breast carcinomas, lung carcinomas, gastric carcinomas, esophageal carcinomas, colorectal carcinomas, liver carcinomas, ovarian carcinomas, thecomas, arrhenoblastomas, cervical carcinomas, endometrial carcinoma, endometrial hyperplasia, endometriosis, fibrosarcomas, choriocarcinoma, head and neck cancer, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinomas, hepatoblastoma, Kaposi’s sarcoma, melanoma, skin carcinomas, hemangioma, cavernous hemangioma, hemangioblastoma, pancreas carcinomas, retinoblastoma, astrocytoma, glioblastoma, Schwannoma, oligodendroglioma, medul
  • the cancer an astrocytoma, an oligodendroglioma, a mixture of oligodendroglioma and an astrocytoma elements, an ependymoma, a meningioma, a pituitary adenoma, a primitive neuroectodermal tumor, a medullblastoma, a primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma, or a CNS germ cell tumor.
  • CNS central nervous system
  • the cancer treated in accordance with the present disclosure is an acoustic neuroma, an anaplastic astrocytoma, a glioblastoma multiforme, or a meningioma.
  • the cancer treated in accordance with the present disclosure is a brain stem glioma, a craniopharyngioma, an ependyoma, a juvenile pilocytic astrocytoma, a medulloblastoma, an optic nerve glioma, primitive neuroectodermal tumor, or a rhabdoid tumor
  • the disease of the central nervous system treated by the compounds of the present disclosure is selected fro the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, Frontotemporal dementia and parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17, Progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP), Corticobasal degeneration (CBD), Argyrophilic grain disease, and Pick’s disease.
  • a splice modifying compound described herein is co administered with a second therapeutic agent, wherein the splice modifying compound and the second therapeutic agent modulate different aspects of the disease, disorder or condition being treated, thereby providing a greater overall benefit than administration of either therapeutic agent alone.
  • dosages of the co-administered compounds vary depending on the type of co-dmg(s) employed, on the specific drug(s) employed, on the disease or condition being treated and so forth.
  • the compound provided herein when co-administered with one or more other therapeutic agents, is administered either simultaneously with the one or more other therapeutic agents, or sequentially.
  • a pre-mRNA splicing modifier described herein is used in combination with an anti-cancer therapy. In some embodiments, a pre-mRNA splicing modifier is used in combination with conventional chemotherapy, radiotherapy, hormonal therapy, and/or immunotherapy.
  • a pre-mRNA splicing modifier is used in combination with conventional chemotherapeutic agents including alkylating agents (e.g ., temozolomide, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, chlorambucil, busulfan, melphalan, mechlorethamine, uramustine, thiotepa, nitrosoureas, etc.), anti-metabolites (e.g., 5-fluorouracil, azathioprine, methotrexate, leucovorin, capecitabine, cytarabine, floxuridine, fludarabine, gemcitabine, pemetrexed, raltitrexed, etc.), plant alkaloids (e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vindesine, podophyliotoxin, paciitaxei, docetaxel, etc.), topoisomerase inhibitors (e.g,
  • Example A-l Parenteral Composition
  • a parenteral pharmaceutical composition suitable for administration by injection 100 mg of a water-soluble salt of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, is dissolved in 2% HPMC, 1% Tween 80 in DI water, pH 2.2 with MSA, q.s. to at least 20 mg/mL. The mixture is incorporated into a dosage unit form suitable for administration by injection.
  • Example A-2 Oral Composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition for oral delivery 100 mg of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is mixed with 750 mg of starch. The mixture is incorporated into an oral dosage unit for, such as a hard gelatin capsule, which is suitable for oral administration.
  • SK-N-MC cancer ceils are plated in 96-well plates at 75,000 cells/well. 24 h after plating, cells are dosed with compound for 24 h at concentrations ranging from 10mM to 2.4nM (0.1% DMSO). Treated cells are lysed and cDNA synthesized using the Cells to CT kit (ThermoFisher, Cat.# AM 1729), according to the manufacturer’s instructions. 5 pL of each cDNA are used in qPCR reactions to confirm the compound-induced inclusion of a cryptic exon within intron 4 of the MAPT transcripts, as well as the total MAPT decrease.
  • the qPCR reactions are prepared in 384-well plates in 20 pL volume, using TaqMan Gene Expression Mastermix (Applied Biosystems, Cat.# 4369016) with primers and probes shown in the table below. Reactions are run in a Quant Studio 7 qPCR instrument with default settings with the primers and probes shown in Table 2 below.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Described herein are agents that modify splicing of pre-mRNA and methods of making and using the same.

Description

COMPOUNDS FOR MODULATING SPLICING
CROSS-REFERENCE
[00001] This application claims benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/912,334, filed on October 8, 2019, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/912,410, filed on October 8, 2019, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/912,415, filed on October 8, 2019, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/912,421, filed on October 8, 2019 which are all incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
SEQUENCE LISTING
[00002] The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on October 7, 2020, is named 51503 731 604 SL.txt and is 2,381 bytes in size.
BACKGROUND
[00003] The majority of protein-coding genes in the human genome are composed of multiple exons (coding regions) that are separated by introns (non-coding regions). Gene expression results in a single precursor messenger RNA (pre-mRNA). The intron sequences are subsequently removed from the pre-mRNA by a process called splicing, which results in the mature messenger RNA (mRNA). By including different combinations of exons, alternative splicing gives rise to multiple mRNAs encoding distinct protein isoforms. The spliceosome, an intracellular complex of multiple proteins and ribonucleoproteins, catalyzes splicing.
[00004] Current therapeutic approaches to direct and control mRNA expression require methods such as gene therapy, genome editing, or a wide range of oligonucleotide technologies
(antisense, RNAi, etc.). Gene therapy and genome editing act upstream of transcription of mRNA by influencing the DNA code and thereby changing mRNA expression.
Oligonucleotides modulate the action of RNA via canonical base/base hybridization. The appeal of this approach is in the design of the basic pharmacophore of an oligonucleotide, which can be defined in a straightforward fashion by known base pairing to the target sequence subject. Each of these therapeutic modalities suffers from substantial technical, clinical, and regulatory challenges. Some limitations of oligonucleotides as therapeutics (e.g, antisense, RNAi) include unfavorable pharmacokinetics, lack of oral bioavailability, and lack of blood-brain-barrier penetration, with the latter precluding delivery to the brain or spinal cord after parenteral drug administration for the treatment of diseases (e.g, neurological diseases, brain cancers). In addition, oligonucleotides are not taken up effectively into solid tumors without a complex delivery syste such as lipid nanoparticles. Further, most of the oligonucleotides taken up into ceils and tissues remain in non-functional compartments (e.g., endosomes) and does not gain access to the cytosol and/or nucleus where the target is located
[00005] Additionally, to anneal to a target, oligonucleotide therapies require access to complementary base pairs of the target. This approach assumes that pre-mRNA sequences exist as a linear strand of RNA in the cell. However, pre-mRNA is rarely linear; it has complex secondary and tertiary structure. Further, cis-acting elements (e.g., protein binding elements) and trans-acting factors (e.g, splicing complex components) can create additional two- dimensional and three-dimensional complexity (e.g., by binding to the pre-mRNA). These features can be potency-and efficacy-limiting for oligonucleotide therapies.
SUMMARY
[00006] The novel small molecule splicing modulators (SMSMs) described herein do not suffer from the limitations above, nor the structural and steric hindrances that greatly limit oligonucleotide therapies (e.g., by blocking hybridization to pre-mRNA targets). Small molecules have been essential in uncovering the mechanisms, regulations, and functions of many cellular processes, including DNA replication, transcription, and translation. While several recent reports have described screens for small molecule effectors of splicing, only a small number of constitutive or alternative splicing modulators have been identified and many of the small- molecule inhibitors lack specificity, lack selectivity, lack potency, exhibit toxicity, or are not orally available. Targeting the RNA transcriptome with small -molecule modulators represents an untapped therapeutic approach to treat a variety of RNA-mediated diseases. Accordingly, there remains a need to develop small -molecule RNA modulators useful as therapeutic agents. There is need in the art for novel modulators of splicing or splicing-dependent processes. Provided herein are small molecule splicing modulators and uses thereof that fulfill this need.
[00007] In one aspect, described herein is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
Figure imgf000003_0001
Formula (I) wherein, RA1 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OR5, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, or substituted or un substituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl; ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl or substituted monocyclic heteroaryl;
'S' is a single bond or a double bond, X is -NR21-, and Z is CR8; or
Figure imgf000004_0001
R1 is hydrogen, substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl, substituted tVCg cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl;
Figure imgf000004_0002
each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, substituted or un substituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl,
Figure imgf000004_0003
substituted or unsubstituted C4-C7 heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl; each R5, R3a, and R51’ is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C0 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl; or
R5a and R5b are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form substituted or un substituted Cb-Cg heterocycloalkyl, each R6 is independently substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl, -OR5, -NR5aR5b, or -CH2OR5;
R8 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C6 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci~ Co haloalkyl, or substituted or un substituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 alkenyl ene, substituted or un substituted C1-C4 heteroalkylene; R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci- Ce heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl, substituted or un substituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; each R11, R12, Rlj, R14, R15, R16, R1', R18, R19, and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, -OR5, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C& fluoroalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C1-C& heteroalkyl;
R21 is hydrogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted -C1-C4 alkylene-(C3-Cs cycloalkyl), -C1-C4 alkylene- OR5, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2--C3 heterocycloalkyl; each R22, R22a, and R22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl; a is 0 or 1; b is 0; c is 1 ; and d is 0 or 1.
[00008] In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 alkenyl ene, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted C3-C0 cycloalkyl ene; a is 1 , b is 0, c is 1; and d is 0.
[00009] In other embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2 alkenyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- C3-C& cycloalkyl ene, a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 1.
[00010] In some other embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C4 alkenyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 heteroalkylene; a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 1.
[00011] In one aspect, described herein is a compound of Formula (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
Figure imgf000006_0001
Formula (II) wherein,
R42 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OR5, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, or substituted or un substituted Ci-CN heteroalkyl; ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl or substituted monocyclic heteroaryl, is a single bond or a double bond; X is -NR21-, and Z is CR8; or
Figure imgf000006_0002
R1 is hydrogen, substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl, substituted CX-Cx cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl;
Figure imgf000006_0003
each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl;
Figure imgf000006_0004
substituted or unsubstituted C4-C7 heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl; each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C& heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl; or
R5a and R5b are taken together with the nitrogen atom to wiiich they are attached to form substituted or unsubstituted C2-C8 heterocycloalkyl; each R6 is independently substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl, -OR5, -NR5aR5b, or -CH2OR5;
R8 is hydrogen, substituted or un substituted Ci-Cr, alkyl, substituted or un substituted Cj- C6 haloalkyl, or substituted or un substituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2 alkenyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- Cb-Ce cycloalkyl ene;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Cj- C(y heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Cs-Cg cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; each R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, -OR5, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
R21 is hydrogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, substituted or un substituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, -C1-C4 alkylene-OR5, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C4 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2---C3 heterocycloalkyl; each R22, R22a, and R22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or un substituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl; a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 1.
[00012] Any combination of the groups described above for the various variables is contemplated herein. Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof are chosen by one skilled in the relevant field to provide stable moieties and compounds.
[00013] In one aspect, described herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. [00014] In one aspect, described herein is the use of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
[00015] In one aspect, described herein is the use of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
[00016] In one aspect, described herein is a method for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease comprising administering an effecti ve amount of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof. [00017] In one aspect, described herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
[00018] In one aspect, described herein is a combination comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more therapeutically active co-agents.
[00019] In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating a disease or condition comprising administering a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
[00020] In one aspect, descried herein is a method of modulating splicing comprising contacting a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a pre-mRNA.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Compoimds
[00021] Described herein are compounds for use in modifying splicing of pre-mRNAs Described herein are compounds that modify splicing of pre-mRNAs for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of diseases or conditions. In some embodiments, the compounds that modify splicing are small molecule splicing modulators (SMSMs).
[00022] In one aspect, described herein is a compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
Figure imgf000008_0001
Formula (I) wherein,
RA1 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OR5, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C0 haioalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl; ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl or substituted monocyclic heteroaryl; is a single bond or a double bond; X is -NR21-, and Z is CR8; or
Figure imgf000009_0001
R1 is hydrogen, substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl, substituted Cb-Cg cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl;
Figure imgf000009_0002
each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or un substituted C1-C4 haioalkyl, or substituted or un substituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl;
Figure imgf000009_0003
substituted or unsubstituted C4-C7 heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl , each R5, R’a, and R3b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haioalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C& heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl; or
R5a and R3b are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form substituted or unsubstituted C2-C8 heterocycloalkyl; each R6 is independently substituted or unsubstituted Ci-CV, alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haioalkyl, substituted or un substituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl, -OR5, -NR5aR5b, or -CH2OR5;
R8 is hydrogen, substituted or un substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or un substituted Ci- 06 haioalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl; W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl ene, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 alkenyl ene, substituted or un substituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted Cu-Ce eycloaikylene;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci- 06 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Cs-Cs cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; each R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, -OR5, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
R21 is hydrogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted -C1-C4 alkylene-(C3-Cs cycloalkyl), -C1-C4 alkylene- OR’, substituted or unsubstituted C3---C5 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C3 heterocycloalkyl; each R22, R2 a, and R22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1---C4 heteroalkyl; a is 0 or 1; h is 0; c is 1; and d is 0 or 1.
[00023] Any combination of the groups described above for the various variables is contemplated herein. Throughout the specification, groups and substituents thereof are chosen by one skilled in the relevant field to provide stable moieties and compounds.
[00024] In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce eycloaikylene; a is I; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 0.
[00025] In other embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C2 alkenylene, or substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- Cs-Ce eycloaikylene; a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is k [00026] In some other embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C4 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C4 alkenyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 heteroalkyl ene; a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 1.
[00027] In some embodiments, a is 0. In some embodiments, a is I . In some embodiments, d is 0. In some embodiments, d is 1.
[00028] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (la):
Figure imgf000011_0001
[00029] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (lb):
Figure imgf000011_0002
[00030] the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ic):
Figure imgf000011_0003
[00031] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Id):
Figure imgf000011_0004
[00032] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (le):
Figure imgf000012_0001
Formula (le).
[00033] the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (If):
Figure imgf000012_0002
Formula (If).
[00034] In some embodiments, R22 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-CU alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1---C4 heteroalkyl.
In some embodiments, R22 is unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R22 is substituted C1---C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R22 is C1---C4 alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl and/or halogen. In some embodiments, R22 is substituted or unsubstituted C1--C4 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R22 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R22 is hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, - CH2NHCH3, -CH2N(CH3)2, -CH2OCH3, -Cl Id , -d ll .. or -CF3. In some embodiments, R22 is hydrogen, (Ί I .. -CH2CH3, ·( H2OH. -CH2OCH3, (Ί I l·, -Cl IF 2. or -('lb. In some embodiments, R22 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R22 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R22 is -CH3. In some embodiments, R22 is -CD3. In some embodiments, R22 is -CF3.
[00035] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Iaa):
Figure imgf000012_0003
Formula (Iaa).
[00036] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (fob):
Figure imgf000013_0001
[00037] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Icc):
Figure imgf000013_0002
[00038] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Idd):
Figure imgf000013_0003
Formula (Idd).
[00039] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (lee):
Figure imgf000013_0004
Formula (lee).
[00040] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Iff):
Figure imgf000013_0005
[00041] In some embodiments, R8 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, R8 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalky!. In some embodiments, R8 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C0 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen, deuterium, -CH3, or -OCH3. In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R8 is deuterium.
[00042] In some embodiments, X is -NR21-
[00043] In some embodiments, R21 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C3 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R21 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R21 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R21 is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R21 is substituted or unsubstituted C2-C3 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R2i is hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -P i(('l I ·. >2, -CH2F, ~( I P· . -CF3, cyclopropyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R21 is hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -CF3, cyclopropyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R21 is hydrogen, -Cl k. -Cl !(Cf 1 ;)·. cyclopropyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R21 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R21 is -CH3 or cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R21 is -CDs. In some embodiments, R l is -CH3. In some embodiments, R21 is cyclopropyl.
[00044] In some embodiments, R21 is -C1-C4 alkylene-fCs-C cycloalkyl). In some embodiments, R21 is -CFIb-fCs-Cs cycloalkyl) and -CH -CH2-(C3---C5 cycloalkyl).
Figure imgf000014_0001
[00046] In some embodiments, each R22a and R22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R22a is substituted or unsubstituted Ci- C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R22a is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R22a is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R22¾ is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R22b is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R22b is substituted or unsub sti tided C1-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, each R22a and R22b is independently hydrogen, ~Ci k - CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH )2, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2NHCH3, -CH2N(CH3)2, - CH2OCH3, -CH2F, -CHF2, or -CF3. In some embodiments, each R22a and R22b is independently hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2OCH3, -CH2F, -CHF2, or -CF3. In some embodiments, each R22a and R22b is hydrogen. In some embodiments, each R22a and R22b is -CH3. In some embodiments, R22ais -CH3. In some embodiments, R ais -CD3. In some embodiments, R22ais hydrogen. In some embodiments, R22ais deuterium. In some embodiments, R22bis -CH3.
In some embodiments, R bis -CD3 In some embodiments, R2 bis hydrogen. In some embodiments, R22bis deuterium.
[00047] In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000015_0001
, wherein each RQI, RQ2, and RQ3 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, -CN, OH, -O h, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, ~CH(CFI3)2, -CF3, OCl . (X : -OCH2CH3, -CH2OCH3, -OCH2CH2CH3, and -OCH(CH3)2. In some embodiments, RQ1is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RQ1is hydrogen. In some embodiments, RQ! is F. In some embodiments, RQ! is CH3. In some embodiments, RQ1is CD3. In some embodiments, RQ1 is deuterium. In some embodiments, RQ2is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RQ2is hydrogen. In some embodiments, RQ2 is F. In some embodiments, RQ2 is CH3. In some embodiments, RQ2 is CD3. In some embodiments, RQ2is deuterium. In some embodiments, RQ3is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RQ3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, RQ3 is F. In some embodiments, RQ3 is CH3. In some embodiments, RQJ is CD3. In some embodiments, RQ3 is deuterium.
[00048] In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000015_0002
RQ3 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -CH3, -CH2CH3, - 0(Ή(O¾)2.Ih some embodiments, each RQl, RQ2, and RQJ is independently hydrogen, F, Cl, - CN, -OH, -CH3,-CP3, or -OCH3. In some embodiments, each RQf , RQ2, and RQ3 is independently -CN, -CF3, or -OCF3. In some embodiments, each RQl, RQ2, and RQi is independently hydrogen, F, -CF3, or-OCIR. In some embodiments, each RQ1, RQi, and RQ3 is independently hydrogen, F, or Cl. In some embodiments, RQ! is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, - OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RQ1 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, RQ1 is F. In some embodiments, RQi is CH3. In some embodiments, RQ! is CD3. In some embodiments, RQ1 is deuterium. In some embodiments, RQ is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RQ2is hydrogen. In some embodiments, RQ2is F. In some embodiments, RQ2is CH3. In some embodiments, RQ2is CD3. In some embodiments, RQ2is deuterium. In some embodiments, RQ3is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RQ3is hydrogen. In some embodiments, RQ3 is F. In some embodiments, RQ3 is CH3. In some embodiments, RQJ is CD3. In some embodiments, RQJ is deuterium.
[00049] In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000016_0001
[00050] In some embodiments, each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, deuterium, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, ·('! ! .. -CH2CH3, -Cl i(Cl I = } or -CF3. In some embodiments, each R2 and R1 is independently hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2. In some embodiments, each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, or -OCH(CH3)2. In some embodiments, each R2 and R3 is independently -CH3, -CH2CH3, or -CH(CH3)2, in which one or more hydrogens is substituted with deuterium. In some embodiments, each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, - CH3, -OCH3, or -CF3. In some embodiments, each R2 and RJ is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R2 is deuterium. In some embodiments, RJ is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R3 is deuterium.
[00051] In some embodiments, R4 is -C(=0)R5, -C(=0)OR5, -C(=0)NR:>aR3b, or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R4 is -C(=0)CH3, - P OlCl l ('! !:. -C( 0)0( 1 h, -C( 0)0( 1 i2C! 1 -C(=0)NH2S -C(=0)NHCH3, - C (=0)NHCH2 CH3 , -C(=0)N(CH3)2, -C(=0)N(0CH3)CH3, oxazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyi, or pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R4 is
Figure imgf000017_0001
some
Figure imgf000017_0002
embodiments, R4 is -C(=0)NHCH3 or -C(=0)N(CH3)2. In some embodiments, R4 is - C(=0)NHCH3. In some embodiments, R4 is -C(=C))N(CH3)2. In some embodiments, R4 is oxazofyl or pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyl. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted triazofyl. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted tetrazolyl. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyi.
[00052] In some embodiments, R4 is -C(=0)NR! aR:,b or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R4 is -C(=0)NH(CI-C4 alkyl). In some embodiments, R4 is -C( 0)\H( H«. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted 5- membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from halogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from halogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from F, Cl, and -CH3. In some embodiments, R4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with -CH3. In some embodiments, the 5- membered heteroaryl comprises 1-4 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 5-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 O ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 5- membered heteroaryl comprises 1 S ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 5-membered heteroaryl is selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, and tetrazolyl. In some embodiments, the 5-membered heteroaryl is selected from oxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl. In some embodiments, R4 is 6-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from F, Cl, and -('l l·.. In some embodiments, R4 is 6- membered heteroaryl substituted with -C! C. In some embodiments, the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1-4 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 O ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 S ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the R4 is pyridinyl. In some embodiments, the R4 is pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, the R4 is pyrazinyi. In some embodiments, the R4 is triazinyl.
[00053] In some embodiments, R1 is substituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is hydrogen.
[00054] In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkylene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkylene. In some embodiments, W is Ci- C3 alkylene substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from F, -OH, - OCH3, and -CH3. In some embodiments, W is Cl l· . -CHF-, -CH(CH3)-, -CH(OH)-, - GOOCHS)-, -CF2-, -CH2CH2-, -CHFCH2-, ('! ! :( Hi· , -CH(CH3)CH2-, (Ί HI KP I) , - CH(0H)CH2-, Cl CCl 1(011) , Cl HOC'! 1;)CI 13 , P I2P 1(0(4 h) , -CF2CH2-, or-CH2CF2- In some embodiments, W is Ci k , ('l l!· . i'i liCI h) . ( 11(011) . -CH(OCH3)-, or -CF2-. In some embodiments, W is -CH2CH2-, -CHFCH2- --CH2CHF-, -CH(CH3)CH2-, - (Ί i :C1 ]{Ci I;) . (Ί l(Oi l)Ci I2 . Cl I2P KOI I) . Cl iiOCi i ;)CS ! ; , -€ I I =C i l(()€ I I }
CF2CH2--, or -CH2CF2-. In some embodiments, W is -CH2-. In some embodiments, W is - CHF-. In some embodiments, W is ---CH2CH2--- In some embodiments, W is -CHFCH2-, - CH2CHF-, -CF2CH2-, or -CH2CF2 . In some embodiments, W is --CH2CF2-. In some embodiments, W is -CF2CH2-. In some embodiments, W is -CH2CHF-. In some embodiments, W is -CHFCH2-. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, W is -CH2OCH2-. In some embodiments, W is -CH2O-, wherein the oxygen atom in -CH20- is attached to a carbon atom having R20 group. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C3--C8 eyeloalkylene or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C3 alkenyl ene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 eyeloalkylene. In some embodiments, W is cyclopropylene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C2-C3 alkeny!ene. In some embodiments, W is -CH=CH-.
[00055] In some embodiments, W is substituted or un substituted C2-C4 alkenyl ene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 alkylene. In some embodiments, W is Ci- C2 alkyiene substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from F, -OH, - OCH3, and -CH3. In some embodiments, W is substituted or un substituted 1,1- or 1,2- C3-C8 cycloalkylene or substituted or unsubstituted C2 alkenylene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- C3-C8 cycloalkylene. In some embodiments, W is cyclopropylene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted €’2 alkenylene. In some embodiments, W is -CH=CH-.
[00056] In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C4 alkyiene. In some embodiments, W is C3-C4 alkyiene substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from F, -OH, -OCH3, and -GH3. In some embodiments, W is -CH2CH2CH2-, - CHFCH2CH2-, -CH2CHFCH2-, -CH2CH2CHF-, -CF2CH2CH2--, -CH2CF2CH2--, - CH2CH2CF2-, -CH(OH)CH2CH2-, -CH?Q-I(0I-I)CH2-, -CH2CH2CH(0H)-, - CH(0CH3)CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(OCH3)CH2-, -CH2CH2CH(OCH3)-, — CH(CH3)CH2CH2- - (Ί kCl i(( ! I ;)( I l· , or (Ί I2P I2P 1(P b) In some embodiments, W is -CH2CH2CH2-. In some embodiments, W is -CH2CHFCH2-- or --CH2CF2CH2--. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, W is -CH2OGH2-. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C4 alkenylene. In some embodiments, W is Cl i 'Cl ! ( 11- or P 1 P KΊ ! -.
[00057] In some embodiments, R is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloal yl, or substituted or un sub tituted C2-C4 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, Ris substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1--C4 heteroal yl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, Ris substituted or un substituted C1---C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R is substituted or unsubstituted C1-G4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R is substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, Ris hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, - CH(CH3)2, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH2C(=0)0CH3, -CH2C(=0)0CH2CH3, - CH2C(=0)NHCH3, -CH2C(=G)N(CH )2, -CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, oxetanyl, or azetidinyl. In some embodiments, is hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -GH2CH2OH, - CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, cyclopropyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R is -CH3, -CH2CH3, - CH2F, -CHI7 ?., or -CF3. In some embodiments, R is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R is -CII3. [00058] In some embodiments, each of Ru, Ri2, R°, Ri4, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, F, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, each of R1 \ R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, F, -OCH3, -CBb, -CH2CH3, - CH2CH2OH, -CH2F, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, each of R11, R12, R13, R14, R13, R16, R1 ', R18, R19, and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and F. In some embodiments, one or more of R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, Rlb, R17, R18, Rl9, and R20 is deuterium. In some embodiments, at least one of R11, R12, R13, R14, R13, R16, R1 ', R18, R19 and R20 is F and is present in the compound. In some embodiments, one of R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R1 ', R18, R19 and R20 is F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, at least two of R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, Ri6, R17, R18, R19 and R20 are F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, at least one of R11, R12, R13, R14, R13, R16, R1', R18, R19 and R20 is F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, one of R11, R12, Rl , R14, R16, and R17 is F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, at least two of R11, R12, R13, R14, Rl6, and Rl7 are F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, at least one of R11, R12, R13, R14, Rl3, R16, Rl /, R18, R19 and R20 comprises a fluorine and is present in the compound, e.g., F or C1-C4 fluoroalkyl such as CH2F, CF3, CHF2, and CH3CH2F. In some embodiments, at least one of R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19 and R20 is F or C1-C4 fluoroalkyl and present in the compound.
[00059] In some embodiments, R11 is -OR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R11 is substituted or un substituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R11 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R11 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -C¾, -CH2OH, -C i 1 Ί -CHF2, and -CF . In some embodiments, R11 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R11 is D. In some embodiments, R11 is H. In some embodiments, R11 is F. In some embodiments, R11 is -OCH3.
[00060] In some embodiments, R12 is -OR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R12 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R12 is substituted or un substituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R12 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2F, -CHF2, and -CF . In some embodiments, R12 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R12 is D. In some embodiments, R12 is H. In some embodiments, Rl2 is F. In some embodiments, R12 is -OCH3.
[00061] In some embodiments, R13 is -OR3, wherein R3 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R13 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R15 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroaikyl. In some embodiments, R15 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CHi, -CH2OH, -C i 1 Ί -CHF2, and -CF . In some embodiments, R1’ is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R15 is D. In some embodiments, R15 is H. In some embodiments, R15 is F. In some embodiments, R1 5 is -OCH3.
[00062] In some embodiments, R16 is -OR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R16 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R16 is substituted or un substituted C1-C3 fluoroaikyl. In some embodiments, R16 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -Cl k -Cl FOI L -Cl l·!·, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, R16 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R16 is D. In some embodiments, Rl° is H. In some embodiments, Rl6 is F. In some embodiments, R10 is -OCH3.
[00063] In some embodiments, R1' is -OR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1' is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1' is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroaikyl. In some embodiments, R17 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2F, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, R1' is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R1' is D. In some embodiments, R17 is H. In some embodiments, R1 7 is F. In some embodiments, R1'’ is -OCH3.
[00064] In some embodiments, R18 is -OR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R18 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R18 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroaikyl. In some embodiments, R18 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CH3, -CH2OFI, -CH2F, -CHF2, and -CF . In some embodiments, R18 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, Rl8 is D. In some embodiments, R18 is H. In some embodiments, R18 is F. In some embodiments, R18 is -OCH3.
[00065] In some embodiments, R19 is -OR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted Cj-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R19 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R19 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroaikyl. In some embodiments, R19 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -Cl l·... -CH2OFI, -Cl l·!·, -CHF2, and -Cll·. In some embodiments, R19 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R19 is D. In some embodiments, R19 is FI. In some embodiments, Rl9 is F. In some embodiments, R19 is -OCH3.
[00066] In some embodiments, R20 is -OR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R20 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R20 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroaikyl In some embodiments, R20 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2F, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, R20 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R20 is D. In some embodiments, R2" is H. In some embodiments, R20 is F. In some embodiments, R2" is -OCH3. [00067] In some embodiments, R11 and R12 are hydrogen.
[00068] In some embodiments, RltJ is F. In some embodiments, R18 is F.
[00069] In some embodiments, each Rl3 and R20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -OR5, substituted or un substituted C1-C3 alkyl, substituted or un substituted C1-C3 fluoroaikyi, and substituted or unsubstituted C1--C3 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, each R15 and R20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -t'l l·.. -CH2OH, -OCH2CN, - OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CN, -OCF3, -CH2F, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, each R15 and R20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, -CFI3, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CH2F, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, each R15 and R20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, -CH3, and -OCH3. In some embodiments, each R15 and R20 is independently selected from hydrogen and -CH3. In some embodiments, R15 and R20 are both -CH3. In some embodiments, R15 is hydrogen and R2" is -CH3. In some embodiments, Rl5 is -CH3 and R20 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R13 and R20 are both hydrogen. In some embodiments, R15 and R20 are both deuterium. In some embodiments, R15 and R20 are selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -CH3, and -OCH3. In some embodiments, R15 is F and R 0 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R15 is hydrogen and R20 is F. In some embodiments, R15 is hydrogen and R20 is CPFs In some embodiments, R15 is CH3 and R20 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R13 and R20 are the same. In some embodiments, R15 and R20 are different.
[00070] In some embodiments, at least one of W, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, Ri6, R17, R18, R19, and R20 comprises a fluorine, e.g., F or C1-C4 fluoroaikyi such as CH?F, CF3, CFIF2, and CH3CH2F. In some embodiments, one of W, R11, R12, R13, R14, Ri5, R16, Ri7, R18, R19, and R20 comprises a fluorine. In some embodiments, W comprises a fluorine
[00071] In some embodiments, RA1 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OR5, or substituted or unsubstituted C -Cs alkyl. In some embodiments, RAi is halogen. In some embodiments, RA! is CN. In some embodiments, RAl is -OR5. In some embodiments, RA1 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, RA1 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, RA! is hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, -CN, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, - P IίP If, -OH, -OCFI3, -OCH2CH3, -OCF3, -CH2F, -CFIF2, or -CF3. In some embodiments, RA1 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -('l l·, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CHzF, -CHF2, or -CF3. In some embodiments, RA1 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -CH3, or -OCH3. In some embodiments, RAl is hydrogen, F, Cl, or -CFI3. In some embodiments, RAi is hydrogen.
[00072] In some embodiments, the abundance of deuterium in each of RA1, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, RSa, R5b, R6, R8, R21, R22, R22a, R22b, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, and/or R20 is independently at least 1%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% of a total number of hydrogen and deuterium. In some embodiments, one or more of RA1, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R5a, R5b, R6, R8, R21, R22, R22a, R2 b, R11, R12, R13, R14, Rl5, R16, R12, R18, R19, and/or R20 groups comprise deuterium at a percentage higher than the natural abundance of deuterium
[00073] In one aspect, described herein is a compound of Formula (II), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein,
RA2 is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OR5, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C& haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl; ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl or substituted monocyclic heteroaryl; is a single bond or a double bond;
X is NR21- and Z is CRS; or
Figure imgf000023_0002
R1 is hydrogen, substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl, substituted Cs-Cs cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl;
Figure imgf000023_0003
each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl;
Figure imgf000023_0004
substituted or unsubstituted C4-C7 heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl; each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alky], substituted or un substituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or un substituted Cj-Cs heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Cs-Cs cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl; or
R5a and R3b are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cs heterocycloalkyl; each R6 is independently substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cc, haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl, -OR5, -NR5aR5b, or -CH2OR5;
R8 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci- C6 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl,
W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 alkyl ene, substituted or unsubstituted C2 alkenyl ene, or substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- Cs-Cc, cycloalkyl ene;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci- Ce heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; each R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R1', R18, R19, and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, -OR5, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl,
R21 is hydrogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, -C1-C4 alkylene-OR5, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C4 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C3 heterocycloalkyl; each R22, R2 a, and R22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl; a is 0; b is 0; c is 1; and d is 1. [00074] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula
(Ha):
Figure imgf000025_0001
[00075] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula
(lib):
Figure imgf000025_0002
[00076] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula
(lie):
Figure imgf000025_0003
Formula (lie).
[00077] In some embodiments, R22 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci -CU alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-CAhaloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cb heteroalkyl.
In some embodiments, R22 is unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R22 is substituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R22 is C1-C4 alkyl substituted with one or more hydroxyl and/or halogen. In some embodiments, R22 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R22 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R22 is hydrogen, -Ci k -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, - CH2NHCH3, CHAiCl l·)::, -CH2OCH3, -CH2F, -CHF2, or -CF . In some embodiments, R22 is hydrogen, -Ci k -CH2CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2OCH3, -CH2F, -Cl I! \ or -CF3. In some embodiments, R22 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R22 is -CFk In some embodiments, R22 is -CDs. In some embodiments, R22 is -CF3.
[00078] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (Ilaa):
Figure imgf000026_0001
Formula (Ilaa).
[00079] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (Ilbb):
Figure imgf000026_0002
Formula (Ilbb).
[00080] In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (II) has the structure of Formula (IIcc):
Figure imgf000026_0003
Formula (IIcc)
[00081] In some embodiments, R8 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, R8 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce ha!oalkyl. In some embodiments, R8 is substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen, deuterium, -OR, or -OCH3. In some embodiments, R8 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R8 is deuterium.
[00082] In some embodiments, X is -NR21-.
[00083] In some embodiments, R21 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1---C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3--C4 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C3 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R21 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R21 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R21 is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R21 is substituted or un substituted C2-C3 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R21 is hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -CFI2F, -CHF2, -CF3, cyclopropyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R21 is hydrogen, -CII3, -CH2CH3, ~CH(CFi3)2, -CF3, cyciopropyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R21 is hydrogen, -CH3, -CHfCFRR cyciopropyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R21 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R21 is -CH3 or cyclopropyl. In some embodiments, R21 is -CD3. In some embodiments, R21 is -CII3 In some embodiments, R2! is cyclopropyl.
Figure imgf000027_0002
[00085] In some embodiments, each R22a and R22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1---C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R22a is substituted or unsubstituted Ci- C4 alkyl In some embodiments, R22a is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl In some embodiments, R22a is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R22b is substituted or unsubstituted C1---C4 alkyl In some embodiments, R2 b is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl. In some embodiments, R22b is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, each R22a and R22b is independently hydrogen, -CH3, - CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, Cl l(( ! h;· :. -CH2OH, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2NHCH3, -Cl l iCI h)2. - CH2OCH3, -Cl I·Ί·, -CHF2, or -CF3. In some embodiments, each R22a and R22b is independently hydrogen, -Cl l·.. -CH2CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2OCH3, -Cl Id·, -CHF2, or -CF3. In some embodiments, each R22a and R22b is hydrogen. In some embodiments, each R22a and R22b is -CH3. In some embodiments, R22ais -CH3. In some embodiments, R22ais -CI)3. In some embodiments, R22ais hydrogen. In some embodiments, R22ais deuterium. In some embodiments, R22bis -CH3.
In some embodiments, R22bis -CD3. In some embodiments, Ii22b is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R22bis deuterium.
[00086] In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000027_0001
, wherein each IlQl, RQ2, and RQ3 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, ~CN, -OH, -Cl l·. -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -CF3,
OCI C, -OCF3, -OCH2CH3, - Cl hOCi C. -OCH2CH2CH3, and -OCl KP h)2. In some embodiments, RQ1is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RQ1is hydrogen. In some embodiments, RQ1 is F. In some embodiments, RQ1 is CH3. In some embodiments, RQ1 is CD3. In some embodiments, RQ1 is deuterium. In some embodiments, RQ is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RQ2is hydrogen. In some embodiments, RQ2is F. In some embodiments, RQ2is CH3. In some embodiments, RQ2is CD3. In some embodiments, RQ2is deuterium. In some embodiments, RQ3 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RQ3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, IiQ3 is F. In some embodiments, IlQ3 is CH3. In some embodiments, RQ3 is CD3. In some embodiments, RQ3 is deuterium .
[00087] In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, ring Q is substituted 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000028_0001
RQ!, RQ2, and
RQ3 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -C! !;, -CH2CH3, -
CH2CH2CH3, -CH(CH3)2, -CF3, -0CH3, on· -OCH2CH3, -GOOCHS, -0CH2CH2CH3, and - 0CH(CH3)2. In some embodiments, each RQi, RQ2, and RQ3 is independently hydrogen, F, Cl, - CN, —OH, ~CH3,-CF3, or -OCH3. In some embodiments, each RQf , RQ2, and RQ3 is independently -CN, -CF3, or -OCF3. In some embodiments, each RQ1, RQ2, and RQJ is independently hydrogen, F, -CF3, or -OCF3. In some embodiments, each RQ1, RQ2, and RQ3 is independently hydrogen, F, or Cl. In some embodiments, RQ1 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, - OCH3, or -C! 1 ; In some embodiments, RQl is hydrogen. In some embodiments, RQl is F. In some embodiments, RQl is CH3. In some embodiments, RQ1 is CD3. In some embodiments, RQ1 is deuterium. In some embodiments, RQ is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RQ2is hydrogen. In some embodiments, RQ2is F. In some embodiments, RQ2is CHS. In some embodiments, RQ is CD3. In some embodiments, RQ2 is deuterium. In some embodiments, RQNs hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -OH, -OCH3, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RQNs hydrogen. In some embodiments, RQ3 is F. In some embodiments, RQ3 is CH3. In some embodiments, RQ3 is CD3 In some embodiments, RQ3 is deuterium.
[00088] In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000029_0001
[00089] In some embodiments, each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, deuterium, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -0H(O¾)2, or -CF3. In some embodiments, each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, -('! !;. -CH2CH3, or -CHfChbh. In some embodiments, each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, or -OCH(CH3)2. In some embodiments, each R2 and R3 is independently ~Ci l·.. -CH2CH3, or -Ci KP bp, in which one or more hydrogens is substituted with deuterium. In some embodiments, each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, - CII3, -OCH3, or -CF3. In some embodiments, each R2 and 3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R2 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R2 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R2 is deuterium. In some embodiments, R3 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R3 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R3 is deuterium.
[00090] In some embodiments, R4 is -C(=0)R5, -C(=0)OR5, -C(=0)NR:>aR3b, or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R4 is -C(=Q)CH3, - C( ())('] hCi ! :, -Ci O CΊ i ;, ~C( O CΊ bC'i h. -C(=0)NH2, -C( CriXHC'i b, - C(=0)NHCH2CH3, -C(=0)N(CH3)2, -C(=0)N(0CH )CH3, oxazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, or pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R4 is
Figure imgf000029_0002
. In some
Figure imgf000029_0003
embodiments, R4 is
Figure imgf000029_0004
. In some embodiments, R4 is 0 . In some embodiments, R4
Figure imgf000030_0001
which one or more hydrogens is substituted with deuterium. In some embodiments, R4 is -C(=0)NHCH3 or -C(=0)N(CH3)2. In some embodiments, R4 is - C(=0)NHCH3. In some embodiments, R4 is -C(=0)N(CH3)2. In some embodiments, R4 is oxazolyl or pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted oxazolyi. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted triazolyl. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted tetrazolyl. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or un substituted pyridinyl.
[00091] In some embodiments, R4 is -C(=0)NR! aR:,b or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R4 is -C(=0)NH(CI-C4 alkyl). In some embodiments, R4 is -C( 0)\HCH«. In some embodiments, R4 is substituted or unsubstituted 5- membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from halogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from halogen and C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from F, Cl, and -CH3. In some embodiments, R4 is 5-membered heteroaryl substituted with -CH3. In some embodiments, the 5- membered heteroaryl comprises 1-4 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 5-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 O ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 5- mernbered heteroaryl compri ses 1 S ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 5-membered heteroaryl is selected from pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, and tetrazolyl. In some embodiments, the 5-membered heteroaryl is selected from oxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazo!yl, and thiadiazolyl. In some embodiments, R4 is 6-membered heteroaryl substituted with 1 or 2 substituents each independently selected from F, Cl, and -CH3. In some embodiments, R4 is 6- membered heteroaryl substituted with -('! 1; In some embodiments, the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1-4 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 O ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the 6-membered heteroaryl comprises 1 S ring atom and 1-2 N ring atoms. In some embodiments, the R4 is pyridinyl. In some embodiments, the R4 is pyrimidinyl. In some embodiments, the R4 is pyrazinyl. In some embodiments, the R4 is triazinyl.
[00092] In some embodiments, R1 is substituted Ci-Cs alkyl. In some embodiments, R1 is hydrogen.
[00093] In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C2 alkylene. In some embodiments, W is C1-C2 alkylene substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents each independently selected from F, -OH, -OCH3, and -CH3. In some embodiments, W is -CH2-, -CHF-, - (Ί i(CI I ) , -CH(OH)-, ( I 1(0( 11 ;) , CF? . --CH2CH2-, (Ί !I C i 1 ; , -CH2CHF-, - CH(CH3)CH2-, Cl hd iiCi f} , -CH(OH)CH2- ('! f >('i 1(011} , (Ί f(OCl I FSCI i . - Ci hCl iiOCi h) . -CF2CH2-, or -CH2CF2-. In some embodiments,
Figure imgf000031_0001
CH(CH3)-, -CH(OH)-, --CH(0CH3>-, or -CF2 . In some embodiments, W is -CH2CH2-, - CHFCH2-, -CH2CHF-, -CH(CH3)CH2- P I>(Ί 1((Ί I;) , -CH(0H)CH2-, ( l i d 11(01 !) , - CH(OCH3)CH2-, -CH2CH(0CH3)-, -CF2CH2-, or -CH2CF2-. In some embodiments, W is - CH2-. In some embodiments, W is -CHF-. In some embodiments, W is -CH2CH2-. In some embodiments, W is -CHFCH2-, -CH2CHF-, -CF2CH2-, or -CH2CF2 In some embodiments, W is -CH2CF2-. In some embodiments, W is -CF2CH2--. In some embodiments, W is - CH2CHF-. In some embodiments, W is ---CHFCH?.---. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkylene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- C3-C8 cycloalkylene or substituted or unsubstituted C2 alkenyl ene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted 1,1- or 1,2- C3-C8 cycloalkylene. In some embodiments, W is cyclopropylene. In some embodiments, W is substituted or unsubstituted C2 alkenyl ene. In some embodiments, W is -CH=CH-.
[00094] In some embodiments, R is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or un substituted C1-C4 fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, Ris substituted or un substituted C1---C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 fluoroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3---C5 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2---C4 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, Ris substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl. In some embodiments, R is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, R is substituted or unsubstituted C3-C5 cycloalkyl . In some embodiments, R is substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 heterocycloalkyl. In some embodiments, R is hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, - P KίΊ If, -CH2CH2OH, -CH2CH2CH2OH, -CH2C(=0)0CH3, -CH2C(=0)0CH2CH3S - CH2C(=0)NHCH3, -CH2C(=0)N(CH3)2, -CH2F, --cm· :. -CF3J cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, oxetanyl, or azetidinyl. In some embodiments, R is hydrogen, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2OH, - CH2F, -CHF2, -CF3, cyclopropyl, or oxetanyl. In some embodiments, R is -CII3, -CH2CH3, - CH2F, -CHF2, or -CF3. In some embodiments, R is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R is -CH3. [00095] In some embodiments, each of R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, F, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, each of Rl!, R12, R13, R14, R13, R16, R17, R18, R19, and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, deuterium, F, -OCH3, -CH3, -CH2CH3, - CH2CH2OH, -CH F, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, each of R11, R12, R13, R14, R15,
Figure imgf000032_0001
R I^ anc| R O js independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and F. In some embodiments, one or more of R11, R12, Rl , R14, R15, R16, R1', Rl8, R19, and R20 is deuterium. In some embodiments, at least one of R11, Ri2, R13, Ri4, R15, Rl°, R17, R18, R19 and R20 is F and is present in the compound. In some embodiments, one of R11, R12, Rl , R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19 and R20 is F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, at least two of R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19 and R20 are F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, at least one of R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19 and R20 is F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, one of R11, R12, R13, R14, R16, and R17 is F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, at least two of R11, R12, R13, R14, R16, and R17 are F and present in the compound. In some embodiments, at least one of R11, R12, R13, R14, R13, R16, R17, R18, R19 and R20 comprises a fluorine and is present in the compound, e.g , F or C1-C4 fluoroalkyl such as CH2F, CF3, Cl 11· \ and CH3CH2F. In some embodiments, at least one of Ru, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19 and R20 is F or C1-C4 fluoroalkyl and present in the compound.
[00096] In some embodiments, R13 is -OR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R15 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R15 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R15 is 11. F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2F, -Ci l!\ and -CF3. In some embodiments, Rl5 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R15 is D. In some embodiments, R15 is H. In some embodiments, R13 is F. In some embodiments, R15 is -OCH3
[00097] In some embodiments, R16 is -OR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R16 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, Rl° is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R16 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CFI3, -CH2OH, -CFI2F, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, R10 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R16 is D. In some embodiments, R16 is H. hi some embodiments, R10 is F. In some embodiments, Rl6 is -OCH3.
[00098] In some embodiments, R17 is -OR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R1' is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R17 is substituted or un substituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R17 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2F, -CHF2, and -CF . In some embodiments, Rl7 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R1 ' is D. In some embodiments, R17 is H. In some embodiments, R17 is F. In some embodiments, R17 is -OCH3.
[00099] In some embodiments, R18 is -OR’, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsub stituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R18 is substituted or un substituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R18 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R18 is H, F, -OH, -OCH-,, -OCF3, -CH3, -CH2OH, -CII2F, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, R18 is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R18 is D. In some embodiments, R18 is H. In some embodiments, R18 is F. In some embodiments, Rl8 is -OCH3.
[00100] In some embodiments, R19 is -OR5, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R19 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R19 is substituted or un sub stituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R19 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2F, -CHF2, and -CF . In some embodiments, R19 is FI, D, or F. In some embodiments, Rl9 is D. In some embodiments, R19 is H. In some embodiments, R19 is F. In some embodiments, R19 is -OCH3.
[00101] In some embodiments, R20 is -OR’, wherein R5 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R20 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, R20 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 fluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, R20 is H, F, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CH3, -CH2OH, -CH2F, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, R2" is H, D, or F. In some embodiments, R20 is D. In some embodiments, R20 is H. In some embodiments, R20 is F. In some embodiments, R20 is -OCH3.
[00102] In some embodiments, each R15 and R20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -OR5, substituted or unsubstituted C -C3 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C -C3 fluoroalkyl, and substituted or unsubstituted C1--C3 heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, each R15 and R20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -CH3, -CH2OH, -OCH2CN, - OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CN, -OCF3, -CH2F, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, each R1’ and R20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, -CII3, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CFI2F, -CHF2, and -CF3. In some embodiments, each R15 and R20 is independently selected from hydrogen, deuterium, -CII3, and -OCH . In some embodiments, each R15 and R20 is independently selected from hydrogen and -CH3. In some embodiments, Ri 5 and R20 are both -CH3. In some embodiments, R1’ is hydrogen and R2" is -CH3. In some embodiments, Rl5 is -CH3 and R20 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R1’ and R20 are both hydrogen. In some embodiments, R15 and R20 are both deuterium. In some embodiments, R15 and R20 are selected from hydrogen, deuterium, F, -CH3, and -OCH3. In some embodiments, R15 is F and R20 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R1’ is hydrogen and R2" is F. In some embodiments, R15 is hydrogen and R20 is CH3. In some embodiments, R15 is C¾ and R20 is hydrogen. In some embodiments, R15 and R20 are the same. In some embodiments, R15 and R20 are different.
[00103] In some embodiments, at least one of W, Ru, R12, Ri5, R14, Ri5, R16, R1 1 , R18, R19, and R20 comprises a fluorine, e.g., F or Ci-CVfluoroalkyl such as CH2F, CF3, CHF2, and CH3CH2F. In some embodiments, one of W, R11, R12, R13, Ri4, R15, Ri6, R17, R18, R19, and R20 compri ses a fluorine. In some embodiments, W compri ses a fluorine.
[00104] In some embodiments, R16 is F. In some embodiments, R18 is F.
[00105] In some embodiments, RA2 is hydrogen, halogen, ~CN, -OR5, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl. In some embodiments, RA2 is halogen. In some embodiments, RA2 is CN. In some embodiments, RA2 is -OR5. In some embodiments, R42 is substituted or unsubstituted C -Cs alkyl. In some embodiments, RA2 is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C3 alkyl. In some embodiments, RA2 is hydrogen, deuterium, F, Cl, -CN, -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CH2CH2CH3, - C! KC! hri, -OH, -OCH3, -OCH2CH3, -OCF3, -CH F, -CHF2S or -CF3. In some embodiments, R 2 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -CH3, -OH, -OCH3, -OCF3, -CH2F, -CHF2, or -CF3. In some embodiments, R42 is hydrogen, F, Cl, -CN, -CII3, or -OCH3. In some embodiments, RA2 is hydrogen, F, Cl, or -CH3. In some embodiments, RA2 is hydrogen.
[00106] In some embodiments, the abundance of deuterium in each of RA , R1, R2, RJ, R4, R5,
R58, R5b, R6, Rs, R21, R22, R22a, R22b, Rn, R12, R13, Ri4, R15, R16, R17, R18, R19, and/or R20 is independently at least 1%, at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% of a total number of hydrogen and deuterium. In some embodiments, one or more of R'32, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R5a, R5b, R6, R8, R21, R22, R22a, R22b, R11, R12, R13, R14, R15, R16, R! /, R18, R19, and/or R20 groups comprise deuterium at a percentage higher than the natural abundance of deuterium.
[00107] In one aspect, described herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
[00108] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intravenous administration, subcutaneous administration, oral administration, inhalation, nasal administration, dermal administration, or ophthalmic administration. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in a form of a tablet, a pill, a capsule, a liquid, an inhalant, a nasal spray solution, a suppository, a suspension, a gel, a colloid, a dispersion, a suspension, a solution, an emulsion, an ointment, a lotion, an eye drop or an ear drop. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a second therapeutic agent. [00109] In some embodiments, a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is used in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
[00110] In one aspect, described herein is the use of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease
[00111] In one aspect, described herein is the use of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease
[00112] In one aspect, described herein is a method for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease comprising administering an effective amount of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof. [00113] In one aspect, described herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
[00114] In one aspect, described herein is a combination comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more therapeutically active co-agents.
[00115] In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating a disease or condition comprising administering a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
[00116] In one aspect, descried herein is a method of modulating splicing comprising contacting a compound of the disclosure, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a pre-mRNA.
[00117] In some embodiments, the compound binds to the pre-mRNA and modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA in a cell of a subject
[00118] In some embodiments, the modulating comprises promoting exon skipping of the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the modulating alters a ratio of a first splice vari ant of the pre-mRNA to a second splice variant of the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the first splice variant is an mRNA encoding a full length protein and wherein the second splice variant is an mRNA encoding a truncated protein
[00119] In some embodiments, the modulating increases the ratio of the mRNA encoding the truncated protein to the mRNA encoding the full length protein. In some embodiments, the modulating decreases the ratio of the mRNA encoding the full length protein to the mRNA encoding the truncated protein. In some embodiments, the ratio of the mRNA encoding the truncated protein to the mRNA encoding the full length protein is altered in at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 75%, or at least 90% of the cell.
[00120] In some embodiments, the compound modulates affinity between the pre-mRNA and a splicing complex component.
[00121] In some embodiments, the splicing complex component comprises a snRNA In some embodiments, the snRNA comprises Ul snRNA, U2 snRNA, U4 snRNA, !J5 snRNA, !J6 snRNA, Ull snRNA, U12 snRNA, U4atac snRNA, U5 snRNA, U6 atac snRNA, or any combination thereof. In some embodiments, the snRNA comprises Ul snRNA.
[00122] In some embodiments, the splicing complex component comprises 9G8, A1 hnRNP, A2 hnRNP, ASD-1, ASD-2b, ASF, B1 hnRNP, Cl hnRNP, C2 hnRNP, CBP20, CBP80, CELF, F hnRNP, FBP11, Fox-1, Fox-2, G hnRNP, H hnRNP, hnRNP 1, hnRNP 3, hnRNP C, hnRNP G, hnRNP K, hnRNP M, hnRNP U, Hu, HUR, I hnRNP, K hnRNP, KH-type splicing regulatory protein (KSRP), L hnRNP, M hnRNP, mBBP, muscle-blind like (MBNL), NF45, NFAR, Nova- 1, Nova-2, nPTB, P54/SFRS11, polypyrimidine tract binding protein (PTB), PRP19 complex proteins, R hnRNP, RNPC1, SAM68, SC35, SF, SF1/BBP, SF2, SF3A, SF3B, SFRS10, Sm proteins, SR proteins, SRm.300, SRp20, SRp30c, SRP35C, SRP36, SRP38, SRp40, SRp55, SRp75, SRSF, STAR, GSG, SUP- 12, TASR-1, TASR-2, TIA, TIAR, TRA2, TRA2a/b, U hnRNP, Ul snRNP, Ull snRNP, U12 snRNP, Ul-C, U2 snRNP, U2AF1-RS2, U2AF35, U2AF65, U4 snRNP, U5 snRNP, U6 snRNP, Urp, YB1, or any combination thereof.
[00123] In some embodiments, the compound binds to a splicing complex. In some embodiments, the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre- mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre-mRNA at a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre-mRNA upstream of a splice site sequence or downstream of a splice site sequence
[00124] In some embodiments, the compound interacts with an unpaired bulged nucleobase of an RNA duplex, and wherein the RNA duplex comprises a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the splice site sequence comprises at least one bulged nucleotide or a mutant nucleotide at a -3, -2, -I, +1, +2, +3, +4, +5 or +6 position of the splice site sequence.
[00125] In some embodiments, the compound modulates a resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates the resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre-mRNA at the splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates the resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre- mRNA upstream of the splice site sequence or downstream of the splice site sequence.
[00126] In some embodiments, the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA at a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA upstream of a splice site sequence or downstream of a splice site sequence.
[00127] In some embodiments, the splice site sequence is a 5’ splice site sequence, a 3’ splice site sequence, a branch point splice site sequence, an exonic splicing enhancer (ESE) sequence, an exonic splicing silencer (ESS) sequence, an intronic splicing enhancer (ISE) sequence, an intronic splicing silencer (ISS) sequence, a polypyrimidine tract sequence, a cryptic splice site sequence, or any combination thereof.
[00128] In some embodiments, exemplary SMSM compounds are selected from Table 1 below.
Table 1; Exemplary SMSM compounds
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000042_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000046_0001
Figure imgf000047_0001
Figure imgf000048_0001
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000053_0001
Figure imgf000054_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000056_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000058_0001
Figure imgf000059_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
[00129] In some embodiments, disclosed herein is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate of a compound from Table 1.
[00130] In one aspect, described herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising any of the described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable excipient. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is formulated for intravenous administration, subcutaneous administration, oral administration, inhalation, nasal administration, dermal administration, or ophthalmic administration. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition is in a form of a tablet, a pill, a capsule, a liquid, an inhalant, a nasal spray solution, a suppository, a suspension, a gel, a colloid, a dispersion, a suspension, a solution, an emulsion, an ointment, a lotion, an eye drop or an ear drop. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a second therapeutic agent.
[00131] In one aspect, described herein is a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease. [00132] In one aspect, described herein is a use of a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
[00133] In one aspect, described herein is a use of a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
[00134] In one aspect, described herein is a method for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease comprising administering an effective amount of a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof. [00135] In one aspect, described herein is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease.
[00136] In one aspect, described herein is a combination comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and one or more therapeutically active co-agents
[00137] In one aspect, described herein is a method of treating a disease or condition comprising administering a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
[00138] In one aspect, described herein is a method of modulating splicing comprising contacting a described compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to a pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound binds to the pre-mRNA and modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA in a cell of a subject. In some embodiments, the modulating comprises promoting exon skipping of the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the modulating alters a ratio of a first splice variant of the pre-mRNA to a second splice variant of the pre- mRNA. In some embodiments, the first splice variant is an mRNA encoding a full length protein and the second splice variant is an mRNA encoding a truncated protein. In some embodiments, the modulating increases the ratio of the mRN A encoding the truncated protein to the mRN A encoding the full length protein. In some embodiments, the modulating decreases the ratio of the mRNA encoding the full length protein to the mRNA encoding the truncated protein. In some embodiments, the ratio of the mRNA encoding the truncated protein to the mRNA encoding the full length protein is altered in at least 20%, at least 50%, at least 15%, or at least 90% of the cell. In some embodiments, the compound modulates affinity between the pre-mRNA and a splicing complex component. In some embodiments, the splicing complex component comprises a snRNA. In some embodiments, the snRNA comprises U1 snRNA, U2 snRNA, U4 snRNA, U5 snRNA, U6 snRNA, U11 snRNA, U12 snRNA, U4atac snRNA, U5 snRNA, U6 atac snRNA, or any combination thereof In some embodiments, the snRNA comprises Ul snRNA. In some embodiments, the splicing complex component comprises 9G8, A1 hnRNP, A2 hnRNP, ASD-1, ASD~2b, ASF, Bi hnRNP, Cl hnRNP, C2 hnRNP, CBP20, CBP80, CELF, F hnRNP, FBP11, Fox-1, Fox-2, G hnRNP, H hnRNP, hnRNP 1, hnRNP 3, hnRNP C, hnRNP G, hnRNP K, hnRNP M, hnRNP U, Hu, HUR, I hnRNP, K hnRNP, KH-type splicing regulatory protein (KSRP), L hnRNP, M hnRNP, mBBP, muscle-blind like (MBNL), NF45, NFAR, Nova-1, Nova-2, nPTB, P54/SFRS11, polypyritnidine tract binding protein (PTB), PRP19 complex proteins, R hnRNP, RNPC1, SAM68, SC35, SF, SF1/BBP, SF2, SF3A, SF3B, SFRS10, Sm proteins, SR proteins, SRm300, SRp20, SRp30c, SRP35C, SRP36, SRP38, SRp40, SRp55, SRp75, SRSF, STAR, GSG, SUP-12, TASK- 1, TASR-2, TIA, TIAR, TRA2, TRA2a/b, U hnRNP, Ul snRNP, Ull snRNP, U12 snRNP, Ul-C, U2 snRNP, U2AF1-RS2, U2AF35, U2AF65, U4 snRNP, U5 snRNP, U6 snRNP, Urp, YB1, or any combination thereof In some embodiments, the compound binds to a splicing complex. In some embodiments, the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre-mRNA at a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates binding affinity of the splicing complex to the pre-mRNA upstream of a splice site sequence or downstream of a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound interacts with an unpaired bulged nuc!eobase of an RNA duplex, and the RNA duplex comprises a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the splice site sequence comprises at least one bulged nucleotide or a mutant nucleotide at a -3, - 2, -1, +1, +2, +3, +4, +5 or +6 position of the splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates a resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates the resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre- mRNA at the splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates the resonance time of the splicing complex with the pre-mRNA upstream of the splice site sequence or downstream of the splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA at a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the compound modulates steric hindrance between the splicing complex and the pre-mRNA upstream of a splice site sequence or downstream of a splice site sequence. In some embodiments, the splice site sequence is a 5’ splice site sequence, a 3’ splice site sequence, a branch point splice site sequence, an exonie splicing enhancer (ESE) sequence, an exonie splicing silencer (ESS) sequence, an intronic splicing enhancer (ISE) sequence, an intronic splicing silencer (ISS) sequence, a polypyrimidine tract sequence, a cryptic splice site sequence, or any combination thereof.
Further Forms of Compounds
[00139] In one aspect, the splice modifying compound described herein possesses one or more stereocenters and each stereocenter exists independently in either the R or S configuration. The compounds presented herein include suitable diastereomeric, enantiomeric, and epimeric forms as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. The compounds and methods provided herein include suitable cis, trans, syn, anti, exo, endo, entgegen (E), and zusammen (Z) isomers as well as the appropriate mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, compounds described herein are prepared as their individual stereoisomers by reacting a racemic mixture of the compound with an optically active resolving agent to form a pair of diastereoisomeric compounds/salts, separating the diastereomers and recovering the optically pure enantiomers. In some embodiments, resolution of enantiomers is carried out using covalent diastereomeric derivatives of the compounds described herein. In another embodiment, diastereomers are separated by separation/resolution techniques based upon differences in solubility. In other embodiments, separation of stereoisomers is performed by chromatography or by the forming diastereomeric salts and separation by recrystallization, or chromatography, or any combination thereof. Jean Jacques, Andre Collet, Samuel H. Wilen, “Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions”, John Wiley And Sons, Inc., 1981. In one aspect, stereoisomers are obtained by stereoselective synthesis.
[00140] In another embodiment, the compounds described herein are labeled isotopicaily (e.g. with a radioisotope) or by another other means, including, but not limited to, the use of chromophores or fluorescent moieties, bioluminescent labels, or chemiluminescent labels. [00141] Compounds described herein include isotopically-labeled compounds, which are identical to those recited in the various formulae and structures presented herein, but for the fact that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the present compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, such as, for example, 2I1 3H, f 3C, l4C, 15N, 180, l /0, 35S, In one aspect, isotopically-laheled compounds described herein, for example those into which radioactive isotopes such as 3H and 14C are incorporated, are useful in drug and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. In one aspect, substitution with isotopes such as deuterium affords certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, such as, for example, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements.
[00142] Compounds described herein may be formed as, and/or used as, pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The type of pharmaceutical acceptable salts, include, but are not limited to: (1) acid addition salts, formed by reacting the free base form of the compound with a pharmaceutically acceptable: inorganic acid, such as, for example, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, metaphosphoric acid, and the like; or with an organic acid, such as, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, lactic acid, maionic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, trifluoroaeetie acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, 3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl)benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethanedisulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, toluenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, 4-methylbicyclo-[2.2.2]oct-2-ene-l- carboxykc acid, giucoheptonic acid, 4,4 ’-methylenebis-(3-hydroxy-2-ene-l -carboxylic acid), 3- phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary butyl acetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, mu conic acid, butyric acid, phenyl acetic acid, phenylbutyric acid, valproic acid, and the like, (2) salts formed when an acidic proton present in the parent compound is replaced by a metal ion, e.g., an alkali metal ion (e.g. lithium, sodium, potassium), an alkaline earth ion (e.g magnesium, or calcium), or an aluminum ion. In some cases, compounds described herein may coordinate with an organic base, such as, but not limited to, ethano!amine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tromethamine, N- methyiglucamine, dicyclohexylamine, tris(hydroxym ethyl )methylamine. In other cases, compounds described herein may form salts with amino acids such as, but not limited to, arginine, lysine, and the like. Acceptable inorganic bases used to form salts with compounds that include an acidic proton, include, but are not limited to, aluminum hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydroxide, and the like. [00143] It should be understood that a reference to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt includes the solvent addition forms, particularly solvates. Solvates contain either stoichiometric or non-stoichiometric amounts of a solvent, such as water, ethanol, and the like. Hydrates are formed when the solvent is water, or alcoho!ates are formed when the solvent is alcohol. In some embodiments, solvates of compounds described herein are conveniently prepared or formed during the processes described herein. In addition, the compounds provided herein can exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms. In general, the solvated forms are considered equivalent to the unsolvated forms for the purposes of the compounds and methods provided herein.
Synthesis of Compounds
[00144] Compounds described herein are synthesized using standard synthetic techniques or using methods known in the art in combination with methods described herein.
[00145] Unless otherwise indicated, conventional methods of mass spectroscopy, NMR, HPLC, protein chemistry, biochemistry, recombinant DNA techniques and pharmacology are employed.
[00146] Compounds are prepared using standard organic chemistry techniques such as those described in, for example, March’s Advanced Organic Chemistry, 6th Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. Alternative reaction conditions for the synthetic transformations described herein may be employed such as variation of solvent, reaction temperature, reaction time, as well as different chemical reagents and other reaction conditions. The starting materials are available from commercial sources or are readily prepared.
[00147] Suitable reference books and treatise that detail the synthesis of reactants useful in the preparation of compounds described herein, or provide references to articles that describe the preparation, include for example, "Synthetic Organic Chemistry”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York; S. R. Sandler et ai., "Organic Functional Group Preparations," 2nd Ed., Academic Press, New York, 1983; H. O. House, "Modem Synthetic Reactions", 2nd Ed., W. A. Benjamin, Inc. Menlo Park, Calif. 1972; T. L. Gilchrist, "Heterocyclic Chemistry”, 2nd Ed., John Wiley &
Sons, New York, 1992; J. March, "Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms and Structure", 4th Ed., Wiley Interscience, New York, 1992. Additional suitable reference books and treatise that detail the synthesis of reactants useful in the preparation of compounds described herein, or provide references to articles that describe the preparation, include for example, Fuhrhop, J. and Penzlin G. "Organic Synthesis: Concepts, Methods, Starting Materials", Second, Revised and Enlarged Edition (1994) John Wiley & Sons ISBN: 3 527- 29074-5; Hoffman, R.V. "Organic Chemistry, An Intermediate Text" (1996) Oxford University Press, ISBN 0-19-509618-5; Larock, R. C. "Comprehensive Organic Transformations: A Guide to Functional Group Preparations" 2nd Edition (1999) Wiley-VCH, ISBN: 0-471-19031-4; March, J. "Advanced Organic Chemistry: Reactions, Mechanisms, and Structure" 4th Edition (1992) John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 0-471-60180-2, Otera, J. (editor) "Modern Carbonyl Chemistry" (2000) Wiley-VCH, ISBN: 3-527-29871-1; Patai, S. "Patai's 1992 Guide to the Chemistry of Functional Groups" (1992) Interscience ISBN: 0-471-93022-9; Solomons, T. W.
G. "Organic Chemistry" 7th Edition (2000) John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 0-471-19095-0; Stowed, J.C., "Intermediate Organic Chemistry" 2nd Edition (1993) Wiiey-Interscience, ISBN: 0-471- 57456-2; "Industrial Organic Chemicals: Starting Materials and Intermediates: An U!lmanris Encyclopedia" (1999) John Wiley & Sons, ISBN: 3-527-29645-X, in 8 volumes; "Organic Reactions" (1942-2000) John Wiley & Sons, in over 55 volumes; and "Chemistry of Functional Groups" John Wiley & Sons, in 73 volumes.
[00148] In the reactions described, it may be necessary to protect reactive functional groups, for example hydroxy, amino, imino, thio or carboxy groups, where these are desired in the final product, in order to avoid their unwanted participation in reactions A detailed description of techniques applicable to the creation of protecting groups and their removal are described in Greene and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY, 1999, and Kocienski, Protective Groups, Thieme Verlag, New York, NY, 1994, which are incorporated herein by reference for such disclosure).
[00149] In some embodiments, compounds are synthesized as described in the Examples section.
Definitions
[00150] In the current description, certain specific details are set forth in order to provide a thorough understanding of various embodiments. However, one skilled in the art will understand that the present disclosure may be practiced without these details. In other instances, well-known structures have not been shown or described in detail to avoid unnecessarily obscuring descriptions of the embodiments. Unless the context requires otherwise, throughout the specification and claims which follow, the word “comprise” and variations thereof, such as, “comprises” and “comprising” are to be construed in an open, inclusive sense, that is, as “including, but not limited to.” Further, headings provided herein are for convenience only and do not interpret the scope or meaning of the claimed disclosure.
[00151] Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. Although methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described herein can be used in the practice or testing of the present disclosure, suitable methods and materials are described below.
[00152] Any open valency appearing on a carbon, oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen atom in the structures herein indicates the presence of a hydrogen, unless indicated otherwise.
[00153] The definitions described herein apply irrespective of whether the terms in question appear alone or in combination. It is contemplated that the definitions described herein can be appended to form chemically-relevant combinations, such as e.g. “heterocycloalkylaryl”, “haloalkylheteroaryl”, “arylalkylheterocycloalkyl”, or “alkoxy alkyl”. The last member of the combination is the radical which is binding to the rest of the molecule. The other members of the combination are attached to the binding radical in reversed order in respect of the literal sequence, e.g. the combination arylalkylheterocycloalkyl refers to a heterocycloalkyl -radical which is substituted by an alkyl which is substituted by an aryl.
[00154] When indicating the number of substituents, the term “one or more” refers to the range from one substituent to the highest possible number of substitution, i.e. replacement of one hydrogen up to replacement of all hydrogens by substituents.
[00155] The terms “compound(s) of this disclosure”, “compound(s) of the present disclosure”, “small molecule splicing modulators”, “SMSM” and “splice modifying compounds”, are interchangeably used herein and refer to compounds as disclosed herein and stereoisomers, tautomers, solvates, and salts (e.g., pharmaceutically acceptable salts) thereof. [00156] The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” denotes salts which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include both acid and base addition salts.
[00157] As used herein, Ci-Cx includes C1-C2, C1-C3 . . . Ci-Cx. By way of example only, a group designated as "C1-C4" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e. groups containing 1 carbon atom, 2 carbon atoms, 3 carbon atoms or 4 carbon atoms. Thus, by way of example only, "C1-C4 alkyl" indicates that there are one to four carbon atoms in the alkyl group, i.e., the alkyl group is selected from among methyl, ethyl, propyl, iso- propyl, «-butyl, iso- butyl, sec-butyl, and /-butyl
[00158] The term “amino” refers to the --NH2 substituent.
[00159] The term “hydroxy” refers to the -OH substituent.
[00160] The term “methoxy” refers to the -OCH3 substituent
[00161] The term “oxo” refers to the =0 substituent.
[00162] The term “thioxo” refers to the :=S substituent. [00163] The term “halo”, “halogen”, and “halide” are used interchangeably herein and denote fluoro, chloro, brorno, or iodo, most particularly fluoro or chloro.
[00164] The term “alkyl” refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain radical, having from one to twenty carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. An alkyl comprising up to 10 carbon atoms is referred to as a Ci-Cio alkyl, likewise, for example, an alkyl comprising up to 6 carbon atoms is a Ci-Cc, alkyl. Alkyls (and other moieties defined herein) comprising other numbers of carbon atoms are represented similarly. Alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, Ci-Cio alkyl, C1-C9 alkyl, Ci-C8 alkyl, C1-C7 alkyl, Ci-Ce alkyl, C1-C5 alkyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C3 alkyl, C1-C2 alkyl, C2-C8 alkyl, C3-C8 alkyl and C4-C8 alkyl. Representative alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, «-propyl,
1 -methyl ethyl (/-propyl), «-butyl, /-butyl, 5-butyl, //-pentyl, 1,1 -dimethyl ethyl (/-butyl), 3-methylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, 1 -ethyl-propyl, and the like. In some embodiments, the alkyl is methyl or ethyl. In some embodiments, the alkyl is -CH(CH3)2 or -CCCHbU Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkyl group may be optionally substituted as described below'.
[00165] The term “alkylene” or “alkylene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group. In some embodiments, the alkylene is -CH2-, -CH2CH2-, -CH2CH2CH2-, or -('I K'f 1(C11 )('! I.'··. In some embodiments, the alkylene is -CH2-. In some embodiments, the alkylene is --CH2CH2-. In some embodiments, the alkylene is -CH2CH2CH2-.
[00166] The term “alkoxy” refers to a radical of the formula -QRX where Rx is an alkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkoxy group may be optionally substituted as described below. Representative alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, m ethoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy. In some embodiments, the alkoxy is methoxy. In some embodiments, the alkoxy is ethoxy.
[00167] The term “alkylamino” refers to a radical of the formula -NHRX or -NRXRX where each Rx is, independently, an alkyl radical as defined above. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, an alkylamino group may be optionally substituted as described below7. [00168] The term “alkenyl” refers to a type of alkyl group in which at least one carbon- carbon double bond is present. In one embodiment, an alkenyl group has the formula - C(RX)=CRX2, wherein Rx refers to the remaining portions of the alkenyl group, which may be the same or different. In some embodiments, Rx is H or an alkyl. In some embodiments, an alkenyl is selected from ethenyl ( .e , vinyl), propenyl (/.<?., allyl), butenyl, pentenyl, pentadienyl, and the like. IN on-limiting examples of an alkenyl group include -CH=CH2, -C(CH3)=CH2, - Cl i Ci lCS -Cii'i i :} (Ί KΊ I and -CH2CH=CH2.
[00169] The term “alkenylene” or “alkenyl ene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent hydrocarbon chain in which at least one carbon-carbon double bond is present linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group. In some embodiments, the alkenylene is -CH=CH-, - CH2CH=CH-, or -CH=CHCH2-. In some embodiments, the alkenylene is -CH=CH-. In some embodiments, the alkenylene is -CH?CH=CH-. In some embodiments, the alkenylene is - C! I C! lCl l·-
[00170] The term “alkynyl” refers to a type of alkyl group in which at least one carbon- carbon triple bond is present. In one embodiment, an alkenyl group has the formula -CºC- X, wherein Rx refers to the remaining portions of the alkynyl group. In some embodiments, Rx is H or an alkyl. In some embodiments, an alkynyl is selected from ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, and the like. Non-limiting examples of an alkynyl group include ~C O f, - CºCCH3, -OCCH2CH3, and -CH2CºCH.
[00171] The term “aromatic” refers to a planar ring having a delocalized p-electron system containing 4n+2 p electrons, where n is an integer. Aromatics can be optionally substituted. The term “aromatic” includes both a d groups (e.g., phenyl, naphthalenyl) and heteroaryl groups (e.g., pyridinyl, quinolinyl).
[00172] The term “aryl” refers to a radical comprising at least one aromatic ring wherein each of the atoms forming the ring is a carbon atom. Aryl groups can be optionally substituted. Examples of aryl groups include, but are not limited to phenyl, and naphthyl. In some embodiments, the aryl is phenyl. Depending on the structure, an aryl group can be a monoradical or a diradical (i.e , an aryl ene group). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the term “aryl” or the prefix “ar-”(such as in “aralkyl”) is meant to include aryl radicals that are optionally substituted. In some embodiments, an and group comprises a partially reduced cycloalkyl group defined herein (e.g., 1,2-dihydronaphthalene). In some embodiments, an aryl group comprises a fully reduced cycloalkyl group defined herein (e.g., 1, 2,3,4- tetrahydronaphthalene). When a d comprises a cycloal yl group, the aryl is bonded to the rest of the molecule through an aromatic ring carbon atom. An aryl radical can be a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyc!ic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic) ring system, which may include fused, spiro or bridged ring systems.
[00173] The term “haioalkyl” denotes an alkyl group wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkyl group has been replaced by same or different halogen atoms, particularly fluoro atoms. Examples of haioalkyl include monofluoro-, difluoro-or trifluoro-methyl, -ethyl or -propyl, for example 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, fluoromethyl, or trifluorom ethyl
[00174] The term “haloalkoxy” denotes an alkoxy group wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the alkoxy group has been replaced by same or different halogen atoms, particularly fluoro atoms. Examples of haloalkoxyl include monofluoro-, difluoro-or trifluoro-methoxy, - ethoxy or -propoxy, for example 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, fluorom ethoxy, or trifluoromethoxy. The term “perhaJoalkoxy” denotes an alkoxy group where all hydrogen atoms of the alkoxy group have been replaced by the same or different halogen atoms.
[00175] The term “bicyclic ring system” denotes two rings which are fused to each other via a common single or double bond (annelated bicyclic ring system), via a sequence of three or more common atoms (bridged bicyclic ring system) or via a common single atom (spiro bicyclic ring system). Bicyclic ring systems can be saturated, partially unsaturated, unsaturated or aromatic. Bicyclic ring systems can comprise heteroatoms selected from N, O and S.
[00176] The term “carbocyclic” or “carbocycie” refer to a ring or ring system where the atoms forming the backbone of the ring are all carbon atoms. The term thus distinguishes carbocyclic from “heterocyclic” rings or “heterocycles” in which the ring backbone contains at least one atom which is different from carbon. In some embodiments, at least one of the two rings of a bicyclic carbocycie is aromatic. In some embodiments, both rings of a bicyclic carbocycie are aromatic. Carbocycie includes cycloaikyl and aryl.
[00177] The term “cycloalkyl” refers to a monocyclic or polycyclic non-aromatic radical, wherein each of the atoms forming the ring (i.e skeletal atoms) is a carbon atom. In some embodiments, cycloalkyls are saturated or partially unsaturated. In some embodiments, cycloalkyls are spirocyclic or bridged compounds. In some embodiments, cycloalkyls are fused with an aromatic ring (in which case the cycloalkyl is bonded through a non-aromatic ring carbon atom). Cycloaikyl groups include groups having from 3 to 10 ring atoms. Representative cycloalkyls include, but are not limited to, cycloalkyls having from three to ten carbon atoms, from three to eight carbon atoms, from three to six carbon atoms, or from three to five carbon atoms. Monocyclic cycloaikyl radicals include, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. In some embodiments, the monocyclic cycloaikyl is cyclopentyl. In some embodiments, the monocyclic cycloaikyl is cyclopentenyl or cyc!ohexenyi. In some embodiments, the monocyclic cycloaikyl is cyclopentenyl. Polycyclic radicals include, for example, adamantyl, 1,2-dihydronaphthalenyl, 1,4-dihydronaphthalenyl, tetrainyl, decalinyl, 3,4-dihydronaphthalenyl-I(2H)-one, spiro[2.2]pentyl, norbomyl and bicycle[l.l.l]pentyl. Unless otherwise stated specifically in the specification, a cycloalkyl group may he optionally substituted.
[00178] The term “bridged” refers to any ring structure with two or more rings that contains a bridge connecting two bridgehead atoms. The bridgehead atoms are defined as atoms that are the part of the skeletal framework of the molecule and which are bonded to three or more other skeletal atoms. In some embodiments, the bridgehead atoms are C, N, or P In some embodiments, the bridge is a single atom or a chain of atoms that connects two bridgehead atoms. In some embodiments, the bridge is a valence bond that connects two bridgehead atoms. In some embodiments, the bridged ring system is cycloalkyl. In some embodiments, the bridged ring system is heterocycloalkyl.
[00179] The term “fused” refers to any ring structure described herein which is fused to an existing ring structure. When the fused ring is a heterocyciyl ring or a heteroaryl ring, any carbon atom on the existing ring structure which becomes part of the fused heterocyciyl ring or the fused heteroaryl ring may be replaced with one or more N, S, and O atoms. The non-limiting examples of fused heterocyciyl or heteroaryl ring structures include 6-5 fused heterocycle, 6-6 fused heterocycle, 5-6 fused heterocycle, 5-5 fused heterocycle, 7-5 fused heterocycle, and 5-7 fused heterocycle.
[00180] The term “fluoroalkyl” refers to an alkyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms are replaced by a fluorine atom. In one aspect, a fluoralkyl is a Ci-Cefluoroalkyl. In some embodiments, a fluoroalkyl is selected from trifluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, fluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 1 -fluoromethyl -2 -fluoroethyl, and the like.
[00181] The term “heteroalkyl” refers to an alkyl group in which one or more skeletal atoms of the alkyl are selected from an atom other than carbon, e.g, oxygen, nitrogen (e.g. -NH-, - N(alkyl)-, or -N(aryl)-), sulfur (e.g. -S-, -S(=())-, or -S(=0)2-), or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl is attached to the rest of the molecule at a carbon atom of the heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl is attached to the rest of the molecule at a heteroatom of the heteroalkyl. In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl is a Ci-Ceheteroalkyl. Representative heteroalkyl groups include, but are not limited to -OCIUOMe, -OCH2CH2OH, - OCI kCl hOMe, or -OCH2CH2OCH2CH2NH2.
[00182] The term “heteroalkyl ene” or “heteroalkyiene chain” refers to a straight or branched divalent heteroalkyl chain linking the rest of the molecule to a radical group. Unless stated otheiwise specifically in the specification, the heteroalkyl or heteroalkyiene group may be optionally substituted as described below. Representative heteroalkyiene groups include, but are not limited to -CH2-O-CH2-, -CH2-N(alkyl)-CH2-, (Ί l -\(ary|)-('| ! -. -OCH2CH2Q-, - OCH2CH2OCH2CH2O-, or -OCH2CH20CH2CH20CH2CH20-.
[00183] The term “heterocycioalkyl” refers to a cycloalkyl group that includes at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the heterocycioalkyl radical may be a monocyclic, or bicyclic ring system, which may include fused (when fused with an aryl or a heteroaryl ring, the heterocycioalkyl is bonded through a non-aromatic ring atom) or bridged ring systems. The nitrogen, carbon or sulfur atoms in the heterocyclyl radical may be optionally oxidized. The nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized. The heterocycioalkyl radical is partially or fully saturated Examples of heterocycioalkyl radicals include, but are not limited to, dioxolanyi, thienyl[l,3]dithianyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, decahydroquinolyl, decahydroisoquinolyl , imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, isoxazo!idinyl, morpholinyi, octahydroindolyl, octahydroisoindolyl, 2-oxopiperazinyl, 2-oxopiperidinyl, 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidiny!, piperazinyl, 4-piperidonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolidinyl, quinuclidinyl, thiazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, trithianyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thiomorpholinyl, thiamorpholinyl, 1-oxo-thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyI. The term heterocycioalkyl also includes all ring forms of carbohydrates, including but not limited to monosaccharides, disaccharides and oligosaccharides. Unless otherwise noted, heterocycioalkyl s have from 2 to 12 carbons in the ring. In some embodiments, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 10 carbons in the ring. In some embodiments, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 10 carbons in the ring and 1 or 2 N atoms. In some embodiments, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 10 carbons in the ring and 3 or 4 N atoms. In some embodiments, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 12 carbons, 0-2 N atoms, 0-2 O atoms, 0-2 P atoms, and 0-1 S atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, heterocycloalkyls have from 2 to 12 carbons, 1-3 N atoms, 0-1 O atoms, and 0-1 S atoms in the ring. It is understood that when referring to the number of carbon atoms in a heterocycioalkyl, the number of carbon atoms in the heterocycioalkyl is not the same as the total number of atoms (including the heteroatoms) that make up the heterocycioalkyl (i.e. skeletal atoms of the heterocycioalkyl ring). Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, a heterocycioalkyl group may be optionally substituted.
[00184] The term "heterocycle" or “heterocyclic” refers to heteroaromatic rings (also known as heteroaryls) and heterocycioalkyl rings (also known as heteroali cyclic groups) that includes at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, wherein each heterocyclic group has from 3 to 12 atoms in its ring system, and with the proviso that any ring does not contain two adjacent O or S atoms. In some embodiments, heterocycles are monocyclic, bicyclic, polycyclic, spirocyclic or bridged compounds. Non-aromatic heterocyclic groups (also known as heterocycloalkyls) include rings having 3 to 12 atoms in its ring system and aromatic heterocyclic groups include rings having 5 to 12 atoms in its ring system. The heterocyclic groups include benzo-fused ring systems. Examples of non-aromatic heterocyclic groups are pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, oxazolidinonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, dihydropyranyi, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyi, thiomorpholinyl, thioxanyl, piperazinyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, homopiperidinyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, oxazepinyl, diazepinyl, thiazepinyl, 1, 2,3,6- tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrrolin-2-yl, pyrrolin-3-yl, indolinyl, 2H-pyranyl, 4H-pyranyl, dioxanyl,
1.3-dioxolanyl, pyrazolinyl, dithianyl, dithioianyl, dihydropyranyi, dihydrothienyl, dihydrofuranyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.1 .Ojhexanyl, 3- azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptanyl, 3H-indolyl, indolin-2-onyl, isoindolin-l-onyl, isoindoline-l,3-dionyl,
3.4-dihydroi soquinolin- 1 (2H)-onyl, 3 ,4-dihydroqui nol in-2( 1 H)-onyl, i soindoline- 1 ,3 -dithionyl, benzo[d]oxazol-2(3H)-onyl, lH-benzo[d]imidazol-2(3H)-onyl, benzo[d]thiazol-2(3H)-onyl, and quinolizinyl. Examples of aromatic heterocyclic groups are pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolizinyl, phthalazinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, isoindolyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiophenyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, and furopyridinyl. The foregoing groups are either C-attached (or C-linked) or TV-attached where such is possible. For instance, a group derived from pyrrole includes both pyrrol-1 -yl (TV-attached) or pyrrol-3-yl (C-attached). Further, a group derived from imidazole includes imidazo!-l-yl or imidazoi-3-yl (both TV- attached) or imidazol-2-yl, imidazol-4-yl or imidazol-5-yl (all C-attached) The heterocyclic groups include benzo-fused ring systems. Non-aromatic heterocycles are optionally substituted with one or two oxo (==0) moieties, such as pyrrdidin-2-one. In some embodiments, at least one of the two rings of a bicyclic heterocycle is aromatic. In some embodiments, both rings of a bicyclic heterocycle are aromatic.
[00185] The term “heteroaryJ” refers to an aryl group that includes one or more ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, heteroaryl is monocyclic or bicyclic. Illustrative examples of monocyclic heteroaryls include pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, furazanyl, indolizine, indole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indazoie, benzimidazole, purine, quinolizine, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, 1,8- naphthyridine, and pteridine. Illustrative examples of monocyclic heteroaryls include pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyrazinyl, tetrazolyl, furyl, thienyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazoiy!, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and furazanyl. Illustrative examples of bicyclic heteroaryls include indolizine, indole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indazole, benzimidazole, purine, quinolizine, quinoline, isoquinoline, cinnoline, phthalazine, quinazoline, quinoxaline, 1,8-naphthyridine, and pteridine. In some embodiments, heteroaryl is pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thiadiazolyl or furyl. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 0-6 N atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 1-4 N atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 4-6 N atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 0-4 N atoms, 0-1 O atoms, 0-1 P atoms, and 0- 1 S atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl contains 1-4 N atoms, 0-1 0 atoms, and 0-1 S atoms in the ring. In some embodiments, heteroaryl is a C1-C9 heteroaryl. In some embodiments, monocyclic heteroaryl is a C1-C5 heteroaryl. In some embodiments, monocyclic heteroaryl is a 5-membered or 6-membered heteroaryl. In some embodiments, a bicyclic heteroaryl is a C6-C9 heteroaryl. In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group comprises a partially reduced cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl group defined herein (e.g., 7,8-dihydroquinoline). In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group comprises a fully reduced cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl group defined herein (e.g., 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinoline). When heteroaryl comprises a cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl group, the heteroaryl is bonded to the rest of the molecule through a heteroaromatic ring carbon or hetero atom. A heteroaryl radical can be a monocyclic or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic) ring system, which may include fused, spiro or bridged ring systems.
[00186] The term “alkyl -aryl” refers to a radical of the formula -Ry-Rx, wherein Rxis an alkyl radical as described herein and Ry is an aryl radical as described herein.
[00187] The term “alkyl-heterocycloalkyr’ refers to a radical of the formula -Ry-Rx, wherein Rxis an alkyl radical as described herein and Ry is a heterocycloalkyl radical as described herein. [00188] The term “alkyl -heteroaryl” refers to a radical of the formula -Ry-Rx, wherein Rxis an alkyl radical as described herein and Ry is a heteroaryl radical as described herein.
[00189] The term “alkoxy-aryl” refers to a radical of the formula -Ry-Rx, wherein Rxis an alkoxy radical as described herein and Ry is an aryl radical as described herein.
[00190] The term “alkoxy-heterocycloalkyl” refers to a radical of the formula -Ry-Rx, wherein Rxis an alkoxy radical as described herein and Ry is a heterocycloalkyl radical as described herein. [00191] The term “alkoxy-heteroaryl” refers to a radical of the formula -R-v-R'\ wherein Rx is an alkoxy radical as described herein and Ry is an heteroaryl radical as described herein.
[00192] The term “moiety” refers to a specific segment or functional group of a molecule. Chemical moieties are often recognized chemical entities embedded in or appended to a molecule.
[00193] The term “optionally substituted” or “substituted” means that the referenced group is optionally substituted with one or more additional group(s) individually and independently selected from D, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -NH(alkyl), -N(alkyl)2, -OH, -CO2H, -CC alkyl, - C(=0)NH2, -C(=0)NH(alkyl), -C(=0)N(alkyl)2, ~8{ C)) l l·, -S(=0)2NH(alky]), - S(=0)2N(alkyl)2, alkyl, cycloalkyl, fluoroalkyl, heteroalkyl, alkoxy, fluoroalkoxy, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aryloxy, alkylthio, arylthio, alkyl sulfoxide, aryl sulfoxide, alkylsulfone, and arylsulfone. In some other embodiments, optional substituents are independently selected from D, halogen, -CN, -NFL·, -NH(CH3), -\((Ί ίf, -OH, -CO2H, - C02(Ci-C4alkyl), -C(=0)NH2, -C(=Q)NH(Ci-C4a!kyl), -C(=0)N(Ci-C4alkyl)2, -S(=0)2NH2, - S( ()} \! HCi-Crialkyi). -S(=C))2N(Ci-C4alkyl)2, Ci-C4alkyl, Cs-Cecycloalkyl, Ci-C4fluoroalkyl, Ci-C4heteroalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, Ci-C4fluoroalkoxy, -SCi-C4alkyl, -S(=0)Ci-C4alkyl, and - S(=O)2.Ci-C4alkyl. In some embodiments, optional substituents are independently selected from D, halogen, -CN, -NH2, -OH, -NH(CH3), -N(CH3)2, -NH(cyclopropyl), -CH3, -CH2CH3, -CF3, - OCH3, and -OCF3. In some embodiments, substituted groups are substituted with one or two of the preceding groups. In some embodiments, an optional substituent on an aliphatic carbon atom (acyclic or cyclic) includes oxo (=0).
[00194] The term "tautomer" refers to a proton shift from one atom of a molecule to another atom of the same molecule. The compounds presented herein may exist as tautomers. Tautomers are compounds that are interconverti ble by migration of a hydrogen atom, accompanied by a switch of a single bond and adjacent double bond. In bonding arrangements where tautomerization is possible, a chemical equil ibrium of the tautomers will exist. All tautomeri c forms of the compounds disclosed herein are contemplated. The exact ratio of the tautomers depends on several factors, including temperature, solvent, and pH. Some examples of tautomeric interconversions include:
Figure imgf000077_0001
[00195] The term “modulate” as used herein, means to interact with a target either directly or indirectly so as to alter the activity of the target, including, by way of example only, to enhance the activity of the target, to inhibit the activity of the target, to limit the activity of the target, or to extend the activity of the target
[00196] The term “modulator” as used herein, refers to a molecule that interacts with a target either directly or indirectly. The interactions include, but are not limited to, the interactions of an agonist, partial agonist, an inverse agonist, antagonist, degrader, or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, a modulator is an agonist.
[00197] The terms “co-administration” or the like, as used herein, are meant to encompass administration of the selected therapeutic agents to a single patient, and are intended to include treatment regimens in which the agents are administered by the same or different route of administration or at the same or different time.
[00198] The term “pharmaceutical combination” as used herein, means a product that results from the mixing or combining of more than one active ingredient and includes both fixed and non-fixed combinations of the active ingredients. The term “fixed combination” means that the active ingredients, e.g a compound described herein and a co-agent, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage. The term “non-fixed combination” means that the active ingredients, e.g. a compound described herein and a co- agent, are administered to a patient as separate entities either simultaneously, concurrently or sequentially with no specific intervening time limits, wherein such administration provides effective levels of the two compounds in the body of the patient. The latter also applies to cocktail therapy, e.g. the administration of three or more active ingredients.
[00199] The term “subject” or “patient” encompasses mammals. Examples of mammals include, but are not limited to, any member of the Mammalian class: humans, non-human primates such as chimpanzees, and other apes and monkey species; farm animals such as cattle, horses, sheep, goats, swine; domestic animals such as rabbits, dogs, and cats; laboratory animals including rodents, such as rats, mice and guinea pigs, and the like. In one aspect, the mammal is a human.
Figure imgf000078_0001
[00200] In certain embodiments, also described herein are pharmaceutical compositions or medicaments containing the compounds of the present disclosure and a therapeutically inert carrier, diluent or excipient, as well as methods of using the compounds of the present disclosure to prepare such compositions and medicaments. In one example, the compounds described herein may be formulated by mixing at ambient temperature at the appropriate pH, and at the desired degree of purity, with physiologically acceptable carriers, i.e., carriers that are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed into a galenical administration form. The pH of the formulation depends mainly on the particular use and the concentration of compound, but preferably ranges anywhere from about 3 to about 8. In one example, a splice modifying compound described herein is formulated in an acetate buffer, at pH 5. In another embodiment, the splice modifying compounds described herein are sterile. The compound may be stored, for example, as a solid or amorphous composition, as a lyophilized composition or as an aqueous solution.
[00201] Compositions are formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with good medical practice. Factors for consideration in this context include the particular disorder being treated, the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of delivery' of the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners. The “effective amount” of the compound to be administered will be governed by such considerations, and is the minimum amount necessary' to modify pre-mRNA splicing. For example, such amount may be below the amount that is toxic to normal cells, or the mammal as a whole.
[00202] The compounds of the current disclosure may be administered by any suitable means, including oral, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, transdermal, parenteral, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intrapulmonary, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural and intranasai, and, if desired for local treatment, intralesional administration. Parenteral infusions include intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous administration. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are formulated for administration to a mammal by intravenous administration, subcutaneous administration, oral administration, inhalation, nasal administration, dermal administration, or ophthalmic administration [00203] The compounds of the present disclosure may be administered in any convenient administrative form, e.g., tablets, powders, capsules, solutions, dispersions, suspensions, syrups, sprays, suppositories, gels, emulsions, patches, etc. Such compositions may contain components conventional in pharmaceutical preparations, e.g., diluents, carriers, pH modifiers, sweeteners, bulking agents, and further active agents. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are administered in a form of a tablet, a pill, a capsule, a liquid, an inhalant, a nasal spray solution, a suppository, a suspension, a gel, a colloid, a dispersion, a suspension, a solution, an emulsion, an ointment, a lotion, an eye drop or an ear drop.
[00204] A typical composition is prepared by mixing a compound of the present disclosure and a carrier or excipient. Suitable carriers and excipients are well known to those skilled in the art and are described in detail in, e.g., Ansel, Howard C, et al., Ansel’s Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2004; Germany Alfonso R., et al. Remington; The Science and Practice of Pharmacy. Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2000; and Rowe, Raymond C. Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients. Chicago, Pharmaceutical Press, 2005 The compositions may also include one or more buffers, stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents, diluents and other known additives to provide an elegant presentation of the drug (i.e., a compound of the present disclosure or pharmaceutical composition thereof) or aiding the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament).
[00205] An example of a suitable oral dosage form is a tablet containing about 25mg, 5Qmg, IQOmg, 250mg, or 500mg of the compound of the present disclosure compounded with about 90-30 mg anhydrous lactose, about 5-40 mg sodium croscarmeilose, about 5~30mg polyvinylpyrrolidone (PVP) K30, and about 1-10 mg magnesium stearate. The powdered ingredients are first mixed together and then mixed with a solution of the PVP. The resulting composition can be dried, granulated, mixed with the magnesium stearate and compressed to tablet form using conventional equipment. An example of an aerosol composition can be prepared by dissolving the compound, for example 5-400 mg, of the present disclosure in a suitable buffer solution, e.g. a phosphate buffer, adding a tonicifier, e.g. a salt such sodium chloride, if desired. The solution may be filtered, e.g., using a 0.2 micron filter, to remove impurities and contaminants. [00206] In a particular embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pre-mRNA splicing modifier, as described herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
[00207] In a particular embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pre-mRNA splicing modifier, as described herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
[00208] In a particular embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier, as described herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
[00209] In a particular embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a combination comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier, as described herein or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and one or more other therapeutically active pharmaceutical ingredients.
[00210] In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are formulated into pharmaceutical compositions. Pharmaceutical compositions are formulated in a conventional manner using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable inactive ingredients that facilitate processing of the active compounds into preparations that can be used pharmaceutically. Proper formulation is dependent upon the route of administration chosen. A summary of pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Nineteenth Ed (Easton, Pa.: Mack Publishing Company, 1995); Hoover, John E., Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co , Easton, Pennsylvania 1975; Liberman, H.A. and Lachman, L., Eds., Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms, Marcel Decker, New York, N.Y., 1980; and Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drag Delivery Systems, Seventh Ed. (Lippincott Williams & Wi!kinsl999), herein incorporated by reference for such disclosure. [00211] A pharmaceutical composition can be a mixture of an SMSM described herein with one or more other chemical components (i.e. pharmaceutically acceptable ingredients), such as carriers, excipients, binders, filling agents, suspending agents, flavoring agents, sweetening agents, disintegrating agents, dispersing agents, surfactants, lubricants, colorants, diluents, solubilizers, moistening agents, plasticizers, stabilizers, penetration enhancers, wetting agents, anti -foaming agents, antioxidants, preservatives, or one or more combination thereof. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism.
[00212] The compositions described herein can be administered to the subject in a variety of ways, including parenteraily, intravenously, intradermally, intramuscularly, colonicaily, rectaliy or intraperitonealiy. In some embodiments, the small molecule splicing modulator or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is administered by intraperitoneal injection, intramuscular injection, subcutaneous injection, or intravenous injection of the subject. In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions can be administered parenterally, intravenously, intramuscularly or orally. The oral agents comprising a small molecule splicing modulator can be in any suitable form for oral administration, such as liquid, tablets, capsules, or the like. The oral formulations can be further coated or treated to prevent or reduce dissolution in stomach. The compositions of the present invention can be administered to a subject using any suitable methods known in the art. Suitable formulations for use in the present invention and methods of delivery are generally well known in the art. For example, the small molecule splicing modulators described herein can be formulated as pharmaceutical compositions with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier or excipient. The compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances as required to approximate physiological conditions including pH adjusting and buffering agents, tonicity adjusting agents, wetting agents and the like, such as, for example, sodium acetate, sodium lactate, sodium chloride, potassium chloride, calcium chloride, sorbitan monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, etc.
[00213] Pharmaceutical formulations described herein can be administrable to a subject in a variety of ways by multiple administration routes, including but not limited to, oral, parenteral (e.g, intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intramedullar}' injections, intrathecal, direct intraventricular, intraperitoneal, intralymphatic, intranasal injections), intranasal, buccal, topical or transdermal administration routes. The pharmaceutical formulations described herein include, but are not limited to, aqueous liquid dispersions, self-emulsifying dispersions, solid solutions, liposomal dispersions, aerosols, solid dosage forms, powders, immediate release formulations, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, tablets, capsules, pills, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, multiparticulate formulations, and mixed immediate and controlled release formulations.
[00214] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical formulation is in the form of a tablet. In other embodiments, pharmaceutical formulations containing an SMSM described herein are in the form of a capsule. In one aspect, liquid formulation dosage forms for oral administration are in the form of aqueous suspensions or solutions selected from the group including, but not limited to, aqueous oral dispersions, emulsions, solutions, elixirs, gels, and syrups.
[00215] For administration by inhalation, an SMSM described herein can be formulated for use as an aerosol, a mist or a powder. For buccal or sublingual administration, the compositions may take the form of tablets, lozenges, or gels formulated in a conventional manner. In some embodiments, an SMSM described herein can be prepared as transdermal dosage forms. In some embodiments, an SMSM described herein can be formulated into a pharmaceutical composition suitable for intramuscular, subcutaneous, or intravenous injection. In some embodiments, an SMSM described herein can be administered topically and can be formulated into a variety of topically administrable compositions, such as solutions, suspensions, lotions, gels, pastes, medicated sticks, balms, creams or ointments. In some embodiments, an SMSM described herein can be formulated in rectal compositions such as enemas, rectal gels, rectal foams, rectal aerosols, suppositories, jelly suppositories, or retention enemas.
Splicing
[00216] Extensive posttranscriptional processing occurs before eukaryotic pre-mRNA matures and exits from the nucleus to the cytoplasm, including the addition of a 7-methylguanosine cap at the 5’ end, the cleavage and addition of a poly- A tail at the 3’ end as well as the removal of intervening sequences or introns by the spliceosome. The vast majority of higher eukaryotic genes contain multiple introns that are spliced out with high precision and fidelity in order to maintain the reading frame of the exons. Splicing of pre-mRNA can utilize the recognition of short consensus sequences at the boundaries and within introns and exons by an array of small nuclear ribonucleoprotein (snRNP) complexes (e.g., snRNPs Ul, U2, U4, U5, U6, Ul 1, U12m U4atc and U6 ate) and a large number of proteins, including spliceosomal proteins and positively as well as negatively acting splicing modulators.
[00217] Serine-arginine-rich (SRVdomain-containing proteins generally serve to promote constitutive splicing. They can also modulate alternative splicing by binding to intronic or exonic splicing enhancer (ISE) or ESE, respectively) sequences. Other pre-mRNA binding proteins, such as hnRNPs, regulate splicing by binding to intronic or exonic splicing suppressor (ISS or ESS, respectively) sequences and can also act as general splicing modulators. The SR protein family is a class of at least 10 proteins that have a characteristic serine/arginine rich domain in addition to an RNA-binding. SR proteins are generally thought to enhance splicing by simultaneously binding to I 17 OK, a core component of the Ul snRNP, at the 5’ splice site, and the U2AF35 at the 3’ splice site, thus bridging the two ends of the iniron. While this particular function of SR proteins seems to be redundant, as any individual SR protein can commit a pre-mRNA for constitutive splicing, the role of the various SR proteins in alternative splicing of specific pre-mRNAs is distinct due in part to their ability to recognize and bind to unique consensus sequences. Phosphorylation of the RS domain of SR proteins can lead to the regulation of their protein interactions, RNA binding, localization, trafficking, and role in alternative splicing. Several cellular kinases that phosphorylate SR proteins have been identified, including SR protein Kinase (SRPKs), Cdc2-like kinases (Clks), pre-mRNA processing mutant 4 (PRIM), and topoisomerase I Optimal phosphorylation of SR proteins may be required for proper functioning as both hypo- and hyperphosphorylation of the RS domains may be detrimental to their role in constitutive and alternative splicing
[00218] In higher eukaryotes, the vast majority of genes contain one or more introns, which creates a situation in which the exons are spliced together to generate mature mRNA and microRNA (miRNA). In the host nucleus, pre-mRNA splicing is the mechanism by which introns are removed from a pre-mRNA and the exons are ligated together to generate mature mRNAs and pre-miRNA that is then exported to the cytoplasm for translation into the polypeptide gene product. Splicing of pre-mRNA can occur in cis, where two exons derive from two adjacent cotranscribed sequences, or in trans, when the two exons come from different pre-mRNA transcripts. The ratio of the different protein products (isoforms) may be due to the frequency of alternative splicing events within a pre-mRNA that leads to different amounts of distinct splice variants. In some embodiments, alternative splicing of a pre-mRNA may lead to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 protein isoforms being expressed.
[00219] Aberrations in splicing are thought to be the cause of roughly half of all inherited diseases. Aberrant splicing due to mutations in consensus sequences involved in exon-intron boundary recognition is responsible for up to 15% of inherited diseases. In addition, defects in the splicing machinery itself due to the loss or gain of function of splicing factors and modulators are causes of a wide range of human ailments from cancer to neurodegenerative diseases. Roth constitutive and alternative splicing are subject to regulation by upstream signaling pathways. This regulation can be essential during development, in tissue specific expression of certain isoforms, during the cell cycle and in response to extrinsic signaling molecules.
[00220] Alternative splicing allows for a single gene to express different isoforms of mRNA, thus playing a major role in contributing to the cellular complexity in higher eukaryotes without the need to expand the genome. Splicing can also be subject to regulation by upstream signaling pathways. For example, an upstream signaling pathway may modulate alternative splicing and increase or decrease expression levels of different isoforms of mRNA
[00221] Alternative splicing events are highly regulated by numerous splicing factors in a tissue type-, developmental stage-, and signal-dependent manner. Furthermore, non-mutation based causes of splicing defects and defects in the splicing machinery itself, e.g., due to the loss/gain of function of splicing factors or their relative stoichiometry, cause of a wide range of human ailments, ranging from cancer to neurodegenerative diseases. In many diseases the disease state is caused by an alteration of the ratio of different isoforms of two or more proteins expressed from a gene. In some embodiments, the alteration in the ratio of the protein products is due to changes in the frequency of alternative splicing events within a pre-mRNA, leading to changes in the ratio of splice variants produced. In some embodiments, alternative splicing of a pre-mRNA may lead to 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 protein isofornis being expressed. In some embodiments, a change in the splice variant ratio is caused by genetic mutation.
[00222] In eukaryotes, the vast majority of splicing processes are catalyzed by the spliceosome, an RNA-protein complex that occurs in unique steps and may comprise a subset of several hundred different proteins, in addition to five splieeosomal snRNAs. These factors are responsible for the accurate positioning of the spliceosome on the 5’ and 3’ splice site sequences. The reason why so many factors are needed reflects the observation that exon recognition can be affected by many pre-mRNA features such as exon length, sequence recognition, the presence of enhancer and silencer elements, the strength of upstream splicing signals, the promoter architecture, and the rate of RNA processivity, secondary and tertiary RNA structure.
[00223] All mammalian diseases are ultimately mediated by the transcriptome. Insofar as messenger mRNA (inRNA) is part of the transcriptome, and all protein expression derives from rnRNAs, there is the potential to intervene in protein-mediated diseases by modulating the expression of the relevant protein and by, in turn, modulating the translation of the corresponding upstream mRNA. But mRNA is only a small portion of the transcriptome: other transcribed RNAs also regulate cellular biology either directly by the structure and function of RNA structures (e.g., ribonucieoproteins) as well as via protein expression and action, including (but not limited to) microRNA (miRNA), long noncoding RNA (IncRNA), long intergenic noncoding RNA (lincRNA), small nucleolar RNA (snoRNA), small nuclear RNA (snRNA), small Cajal body- specific RNA (scaRNA), pi wi -interacting RNA (pi RNA), competing endogenous (ceRNA), and pseudo-genes. Drugs that intervene at this level have the potential of modulating any and all cellular processes. Existing therapeutic modalities such as antisense RNA or siRNA, in most cases, have yet to overcome significant challenges such as drug delivery, absorption, distribution to target organs, pharmacokinetics, and cell penetration. In contrast, small molecules have a long history of successfully surmounting these barriers and these qualities, which make them suitable as drugs, are readily optimized through a series of analogues to overcome such challenges. In sharp contrast, the application of small molecules as ligands for RNA that yield therapeutic benefit has received little to no attention from the drug discovery community.
[00224] DNA sequences in the chromosome are transcribed into pre-mRNAs which contain coding regions (exons) and generally also contain intervening non-coding regions (introns). Introns are removed from pre-mRNAs through splicing. Pre-mRNA splicing proceeds by a two- step mechanism. In the first step, the 5’ splice site is cleaved, resulting in a “free” 5’ exon and a lariat intermediate. In the second step, the 5’ exon is ligated to the 3’ exon with release of the intron as the lariat product. These steps are catalyzed in a complex of small nuclear ribonucleoproteins and proteins called the spliceosome.
[00225] In most cases, the splicing reaction occurs within the same pre-mRNA molecule, which is termed cis-splicing. Splicing between two independently transcribed pre-mRNAs is termed trans-splicing.
[00226] Introns are portions of eukaryotic DNA, which intervene between the coding portions, or “exons,” of that DNA. Introns and exons are transcribed into RNA termed “primary transcript, precursor to mRNA” (or “pre-mRNA”) Introns can be removed from the pre-mRNA so that the native protein encoded by the exons can be produced (the term “native protein” as used herein refers to naturally occurring, wild type, or functional protein). The removal of introns from pre- mRNA and subsequent joining of the exons is carried out in the splicing process.
[00227] The splicing process is a series of reactions, which are carried out on RNA after transcription but before translation and which are mediated by splicing factors. Thus, a “pre- rnRNA” can be an RNA that contains both exons and intron(s), and a mature mRNA (“mRNA”) can be an RNA in which the intron(s) have been removed and the exons joined together sequentially so that the protein may be translated therefrom by the ribosomes.
[00228] Introns can be defined by a set of “splice elements” that are part of the splicing machinery and may be required for splicing and which are relatively short, conserved RNA segments that bind the various splicing factors, which carry' out the splicing reactions. Thus, each intron is defined by a 5’ splice site, a 3’ splice site, and a branch point situated there between. Splice elements also comprise exon splicing enhancers and silencers, situated in exons, and intron splicing enhancers and silencers situated in introns at a distance from the splice sites and branch points. In addition to splice site and branch points these elements control alternative aberrant and constitutive splicing.
[00229] Initial RNA transcripts (pre-mRNA) of most eukaryotic genes are retained in the nucleus until non-coding intron sequences are removed by the spliceosome to produce mature messenger RNA (mRNA). The splicing that occurs can vary', so the synthesis of alternative protein products from the same primary transcript can be affected by tissue-specific or developmental signals. A significant fraction of human genetic diseases, including a number of cancers, are believed to result from deviations in the normal pattern of pre-mRNA splicing. The spliceosome is a complex comprising ribonucieoprotein (snRNP) particles composed of small nuclear RNAs and proteins. snRNA components of the spliceosome can promote the two transesterification reactions of splicing.
[00230] Two unique spliceosomes coexist in most eukaryotes: the U2-dependent spliceosome, which catalyzes the removal of U2-type introns, and the less abundant U12-dependent spliceosome, which is present in only a subset of eukaryotes and splices the rare U12-type class of introns. The U2-dependent spliceosome is assembled from the Ul, U2, U5, and U4/TJ6 snRNPs and numerous non-snRNP proteins. The U2 snRNP is recruited with two weakly bound protein subunits, SF3a and SF3b, during the first ATP-dependent step in spliceosome assembly. SF3b is composed of seven conserved proteins, including PHF5a, SF3bl55, SF3bl45, SF3b 130, SF3b49, SF3bl4a, and SF3bl0.
[00231] Splicing or RNA splicing typically refers to the editing of the nascent precursor messenger RNA (pre-mRNA) transcript into a mature messenger RNA (rnRNA). Splicing is a biochemical process which includes the removal of introns followed by exon ligation. Sequential transesterification reactions are initiated by a nucleophilic attack of the 5’ splice site (5’ss) by the branch adenosine (branch point; BP) in the downstream intron resulting in the formation of an intron lariat intermediate with a 2’, 5’ -phosphodiester linkage. This is foil owed by a 5’ss-mediated attack on the 3’ splice site (3’ss), leading to the removal of the intron lariat and the formation of the spliced RNA product
[00232] Splicing can be regulated by various cis-acting elements and trans-acting factors. Cis- acting elements are sequences of the mRNA and can include core consensus sequences and other regulatory elements. Core consensus sequences typically can refer to conserved RNA sequence motifs, including the 5’ss, 3’ss, polypyrimidine tract and BP region, which can function for spliceosome recruitment. BP refers to a partially conserved sequence of pre-mRNA, generally less than 50 nucleotides upstream of the 3 ’ ss. BP reacts with the 5 ’ ss during the first step of the splicing reaction. Other regulatory cis-acting elements can include exonic splicing enhancer (ESE), exonic splicing silencer (ESS), intronic splicing enhancer (ISE), and intronic splicing silencer (ISS). Trans-acting factors can be proteins or ribonucleoproteins which bind to cis-acting elements [00233] Splice site identification and regulated splicing can be accomplished principally by two dynamic macromoleeular machines, the major (U2-dependent) and minor (U 12-dependent) spliceosomes. Each spliceosome contains five snRNPs: Ul, U2, U4, U5 and U6 snRNPs for the major spliceosome (which processes -95.5% of all introns); and Ull, UI2, U4atae, U5 and Ue atac snRNPs for the minor spliceosome Spliceosome recognition of consensus sequence elements at the 5’ss, 3’ss and BP sites is one of the steps in the splicing pathway, and can be modulated by ESEs, ISEs, ESSs, and ISSs, which can be recognized by auxiliary splicing factors, including SR proteins and hnRNPs. Polypyrimidine tract-binding protein (PTBP) can bind to the polypyrimidine tract of introns and may promote RNA looping.
[00234] Alternative splicing is a mechanism by which a single gene may eventually give rise to several different proteins. Alternative splicing can be accomplished by the concerted action of a variety of different proteins, termed “alternative splicing regulatory proteins,” that associate with the pre-mRNA, and cause distinct alternative exons to be included in the mature mRNA. These alternative forms of the gene’s transcript can give rise to distinct isoforms of the specified protein. Sequences in pre-mRNA molecules that can bind to alternative splicing regulatory proteins can be found in introns or exons, including, but not limited to, ISS, ISE, ESS, ESE, and polypyrimidine tract. Many mutations can alter splicing patterns. For example, mutations can be cis-acting el ements, and can be located in core consensus sequences (e.g. 5’ss, 3’ss and BP) or the regulatory elements that modulate spliceosome recruitment, including ESE, ESS, ISE, and ISS.
[00235] A cryptic splice site, for example, a cryptic 5’ss and a cryptic 3’ss, can refer to a splice site that is not normally recognized by the spliceosome and therefore are in the dormant state. Cryptic splice site can be recognized or activated, for example, by mutations in cis-acting elements or trans-acting factors, or structural configurations, such as bulges.
Splicing Modulation
[00236] The present invention contemplates use of small molecules with favorable drug properties that modulate the activity of splicing of a target RNA. Provided herein are small molecule splicing modulators (SMSMs) that modulate splicing of a target polynucleotide. In some embodiments, the SMSMs bind and modulate target RNA. In some embodiments, provided herein is a library of SMSMs that bind and modulate one or more target RNAs. In some embodiments, the target RNA is mRNA. In some embodiments, the target RNA is mRNA a noncoding RNA. In some embodiments, the target RNA is a pre-mRNA In some embodiments, the target RNA is hnRNA. In some embodiments, the small molecules modulate splicing of the target RNA. In some embodiments, a small molecule provided herein modulates splicing at a sequence of the target RNA. In some embodiments, a small molecule provided herein modulates splicing at a cryptic splice site sequence of the target RNA. In some embodiments, a small molecule provided herein binds to a target RNA. In some embodiments, a small molecule provided herein binds to a splicing complex component. In some embodiments, a small molecule provided herein binds to a target RNA and a splicing complex component.
[00237] Thus, provided herein are methods of preventing or inducing a splicing event in a pre- mRNA molecule, comprising contacting the pre-mRNA molecule and/or other elements of the splicing machinery' {e.g. , within a cell) with a compound provided herein to prevent or induce the splicing event in the pre-mRNA molecule. The splicing event that is prevented or induced can be, e.g:, an aberrant splicing event, a constitutive splicing event or an alternate splicing event.
[00238] In some embodiments, a small molecule compound described herein in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier prevents or induces an alternative or aberrant splicing event in a pre-mRNA molecule.
[00239] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of upregulating expression of a native protein in a cell containing a DNA encoding the native protein, wherein the DNA contains a mutation or no mutation that causes downregulation of the native protein by aberrant and/or alternate splicing thereof. For example, the DNA can encode a pre-mRNA that has a mutation or an aberrant secondary or tertiary' structure that causes downregulation of one or more isoforms of a protein. The method can comprise introducing into the cell a small molecule provided herein that prevents an aberrant splicing event, whereby the native intron is removed by correct splicing and the native protein is produced by the cell. In some embodiments, a method comprises introducing into a cell a small molecule provided herein that modulates an alternate splicing event to produce a protein that has a different function than the protein that would be produced without modulation of alternate splicing.
[00240] In some embodiments, provided herein is a method of downregulating expression of a native protein in a cell containing a DNA encoding the native protein, wherein the DNA contains a mutation or no mutation that causes upregulation of the native protein by aberrant and/or alternate splicing thereof. For example, the DNA can encode a pre-mRNA that has a mutation or an aberrant secondary or tertiary structure that causes upregulation of one or more isoforms of a protein. The method can comprise introducing into the cell a small molecule provided herein that prevents an aberrant splicing event, whereby the native intron is removed by correct splicing and the native protein is produced by the cell. In some embodiments, a method comprises introducing into a cell a small molecule provided herein that modulates an alternate splicing event to produce a protein that has a different function than the protein that would be produced without modulation of alternate splicing. For example, a method can comprise preventing aberrant splicing in a pre- mRNA molecule containing a mutation or an aberrant secondary or tertiary structure and/or preventing an alternative splicing event. When present in the pre-mRNA, the mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary structure can cause a pre-mRNA to splice incorrectly and produce an aberrant mRNA or mRNA fragment different from the mRNA ordinarily resulting from a pre-mRNA without the mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary structure. For example, s pre-mRNA molecule can contain: (i) a first set of splice elements defining a native intron which can be removed by splicing when the mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary structure is absent to produce a first mRNA molecule encoding a native protein, and (ii) a second set of splice elements induced by the mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary structure which defines an aberrant intron different from the native intron, which aberrant intron is removed by splicing when the mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary structure is present to produce an aberrant second mRNA molecule different from the first mRNA molecule. The method can comprise contacting the pre-mRNA molecule and/or other factors and/or elements of the splicing machinery as described herein (e.g, within a cell) with a compound described herein to prevent or promote an aberrant splicing event in a pre-mRNA molecule, whereby the native intron is removed by correct splicing and native protein production is increased in the cell.
[00241] Also provided herein is a method of upregu!ating expression of a RNA that would otherwise be downregulated by modulating an alternative splicing event in the RNA. The method can comprise contacting a pre-mRNA molecule and/or other elements and/or factors of the splicing machinery with a compound described herein to modulate alternate splicing events, whereby a native splicing event is inhibited and an alternate splicing event is promoted that upregulates expression of a RNA that is otherwise downregulated when under the control of the native splicing event.
[00242] Also provided herein is a method of downregulating expression of a RNA that would otherwise be upregulated by modulating an alternative splicing event in the RNA. The method can comprise contacting a pre-mRNA molecule and/or other elements and/or factors of the splicing machinery with a compound described herein to modulate alternate splicing events, whereby a native splicing event is inhibited and an alternate splicing event is promoted that downregulates expression of a RNA that is otherwise upregulated when under the control of the native splicing event.
[00243] The methods, compounds and compositions described herein have a variety of uses. For example, they are useful in any process where it is desired to have a means for downregulating expression of a RNA to be expressed until a certain time, after which it is desired to upregulate RNA expression. For such use, the RNA to be expressed may be any RNA encoding a protein to be produced so long as the gene contains a native intron. The RNA may be mutated by any suitable means, such as site-specific mutagenesis (see, T. Kunkel, U.S. Pat. No. 4,873,192) to deliberately create an aberrant second set of splice elements which define an aberrant intron which substantially downregulates expression of the gene. A sequence encoding the RNA may be inserted into a suitable expression vector and the expression vector inserted into a host cell (e.g., a eukaryotic cell such as a yeast, insect, or mammalian cell (e.g, human, rat)) by standard recombinant techniques. The host cell can then be grown in culture by standard techniques. When it is desired to upreguiate expression of the mutated gene, a suitable compound of the present invention, in a suitable formulation, can be added to the culture medium so that expression of the gene is upregulated.
[00244] Also provided herein is a method of altering the ratio of splice variants produced from a gene. The method can comprise contacting a pre-mRNA molecule and/or other elements and/or factors of the splicing machinery with a compound or compounds described herein to modulate alternative splicing events. The compound or compounds of this invention can be used to act upon 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 or 20 alternative splicing events that may occur within a pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, a first splice variant may be downregulated or inhibited and/or a second splice variant may be upregulated, resulting in an altered ratio of splice variants of the two or more RNA. In some embodiments, a first splice variant may be upregulated while a second splice variant may be unaffected, thereby altering the ratio of the RNA. In some embodiments, a first splice variant may be downregulated while a second splicing event may be unaffected thereby altering the ratio of the RNA.
[00245] The methods, compounds and formulations described herein are also useful as in vitro or in vivo tools to examine and modulate splicing events in human or animal RNAs encoded by genes, e.g., those developmental! y and/or tissue regulated (e.g , alternate splicing events).
[00246] The compounds and formulations described herein are also useful as therapeutic agents in the treatment of disease involving aberrant and/or alternate splicing. Thus, in some embodiments, a method of treating a subject having a condition or disorder associated with an alternative or aberrant splicing event in a pre-mRNA molecule, comprises administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound described herein to modulate an alternative splicing event or prevent an aberrant splicing event, thereby treating the subject. The method can, e.g, restore a correct splicing event in a pre-mRNA molecule. The method can, e.g, utilize a small molecule compound described herein in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. [00247] Formulations containing the small molecules described herein can comprise a physiologically or pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as an aqueous carrier. Thus, formulations for use in the methods described herein include, but are not limited to, those suitable for oral administration, parenteral administration, including subcutaneous, intradermal, intramuscular, intravenous and intra-arterial administration, as well as topical administration (e.g, administration of an aerosolized formulation of respirable particles to the lungs of a patient afflicted with cystic fibrosis or lung cancer or a cream or lotion formulation for transdermai administration of patients with psoriasis). The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art. The most suitable route of administration in any given case may depend upon the subject, the nature and severity of the condition being treated, and the particular active compound, which is being used, as would be readily determined by one of skill in the art.
[00248] Also provided herein are methods for the use of a compound described herein having the characteristics set forth above for the preparation of a medicament for upregulating or downregulating RNA expression in a patient having a disorder associated with aberrant or alternate splicing of a pre-mRNA molecule, as discussed above. In some embodiments, the medicament upregulates gene expression. In other embodiments, the medicament downregulates gene expression. In the manufacture of at medicament according to the invention, the compound can be admixed with, inter alia, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The carrier may be a solid or a liquid. One or more compounds may be incorporated in any combination in the formulations described herein, which may be prepared by any of the well-known techniques of pharmacy, such as admixing the components, and/or including one or more accessory therapeutic ingredients. [00249] In some aspects, described herein are low molecular weight compounds (sometimes referred to herein as small molecules, which block mRNA splicing and/or enhance (facilitate, augment) mRNA splicing. The splicing that can be regulated by the methods described herein include alternative splicing, e.g., exon skipping, intron retention, pseudoexons skipping, exon exclusion, partial intron exclusion and others. Depending on factors such as the splicing sequence and the RNA (or gene encoding the RNA) or exon involved, modulation of splicing can be accomplished in the presence of, or in the absence of, antisense oligonucleotides (AOs) that are specific for splicing sequences of interest. In some embodiments, a small molecule and an AO act synergistically.
[00250] In some aspects, a method comprises contacting a splice modulating compound (e.g., a SMSM) to a pre-mRNA that modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA to favor expression of a transcript that promotes cell proliferation. For example, an SMSM described herein can increase one or more isoforms of a transcript that promotes cell proliferation. For example, an SMSM described herein can decrease expression one or more isoforms of a transcript that prevents or inhibits cell proliferation.
[00251] In some aspects, a method comprises contacting a splice modulating compound (e.g., a SMSM) to a pre-mRNA that modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA to favor expression of a transcript that prevents or inhibits ceil proliferation. For example, an SMSM described herein can increase one or more isoforms of a transcript that prevents or inhibits cell proliferation. For example, an SMSM described herein can decrease expression one or more isoforms of a transcript that promotes cell proliferation. [00252] In some embodiments, a method of modulating splicing of pre-mRNA comprises using an SMSM to decrease expression or functionality of one or more isoforms of a transcript in a subject. The method can comprise administering an SMSM, or a composition comprising an SMSM, to a subject, wherein the SMSM binds to a pre-mRNA or a splicing complex component and modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA to favor expression of one or more isoforms of a transcript. The method can comprise administering an SMSM, or a composition comprising an SMSM, to a subject, wherein the SMSM binds to a pre-mRNA or a splicing complex component and modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA to disfavor expression of one or more isoforms of a transcript.
[00253] In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of treating a subject afflicted with a disease or condition associated with aberrant splicing of a pre-mRNA. The method can comprise administering an SMSM, or a composition comprising an SMSM, to a subject, wherein the SMSM binds to a pre-mRNA or a splicing complex component and modulates splicing of the pre-mRNA to inhibit expression of one or more isoforms of a transcript. The method can comprise administering an SMSM, or a composition comprising an SMSM, to a subject, wherein the SMSM binds to a pre-mRNA or a splicing complex component and modulates the splicing of the pre-mRNA to increase expression of one or more isoforms of a transcript. [00254] A number of diseases are associated with expression of an aberrant gene product (e.g, an RNA transcript or protein) of a gene. For example, aberrant amounts of a RNA transcript may lead to disease due to corresponding changes in protein expression. Changes in the amount of a particular RNA transcript may be the result of several factors. First, changes in the amount of RNA transcripts may be due to an aberrant level of transcription of a particular gene, such as by the perturbation of a transcription factor or a portion of the transcription process, resulting in a change in the expression level of a particular RNA transcript. Second, changes in the splicing of particular RNA transcripts, such as by perturbation of a particular splicing process or mutations in the gene that lead to modified splicing can change the levels of a particular RNA transcript Changes to the stability of a particular RNA transcript or to components that maintain RNA transcript stability, such as the process of poly-A tail incorporation or an effect on certain factors or proteins that bind to and stabilize RNA transcripts, may lead to changes in the levels of a particular RNA transcript. The level of translation of particular RNA transcripts can also affect the amount of those transcripts, affecting or upregulating RNA transcript decay processes. Finally, aberrant RNA transport or RNA sequestration may also lead to changes in functional levels of RNA transcripts, and may have an effect on the stability, further processing, or translation of the RNA transcripts. [00255] In some embodiments, provided herein are methods for modulating the amount of one, two, three or more RNA transcripts encoded by a pre-raRNA, comprising contacting a cell with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the cell is contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a cell culture. In other embodiments, the ceil is contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in a subj ect (e.g. , a non-human animal subj ect or a human subject).
[00256] In some embodiments, provided herein are methods for treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease or condition comprising administering an effective amount of a small molecule splicing modulator as described herein to a subject, in particular to a mammal. [00257] In some embodiments, provided herein are compositions and methods for treating a disease or condition, including steric modulator compounds or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof that promote prevention or correction of exon skipping of a pre-mRNA. The invention further provides compositions and methods for increasing production of mature mRNA and, in turn, protein, in cells of a subject in need thereof, for example, a subject that can benefit fro increased production of protein. The invention further provides compositions and methods for decreasing production of mature mRNA and, in turn, protein, in cells of a subject in need thereof, for example, a subject that can benefit from decreased production of protein. In one embodiment, the described methods may be used to treat subjects having a disease or condition caused by a mutation in a gene, including missense, splicing, frameshift and nonsense mutations, as well as whole gene deletions, which result in deficient protein production. In another embodiment, the described methods may be used to treat subjects having a disease or condition not caused by gene mutation. In some embodiments, the compositions and methods of the present invention are used to treat subjects having a disease or condition, who can benefit from increased production of protein. In some embodiments, the compositions and methods of the present invention are used to treat subjects having a disease or condition, who can benefit fro increased production of protein. In some embodiments, the compositions and methods of the present invention are used to treat subjects having a disease or condition, who can benefit from decreased production of a protein. [00258] In some embodiments, provided herein are methods of treating a disease or condition in a subject in need thereof by increasing the expression of a target protein or functional RNA by cells of the subject, wherein the cells have a mutation that causes, e.g., exon skipping or intron inclusion, or a portion thereof, of pre-mRNA, wherein the pre-mRNA encodes the target protein or functional RNA The method can comprise contacting cells of a subject with an S1V1S1V1 compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof that targets the pre-mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA or splicing complex component, whereby splicing of an exon from a pre-mRNA encoding a target protein or functional RNA is prevented or inhibited, thereby increasing a level of mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA, and increasing the expression of the target protein or functional RNA in the cells of the subject. In some embodiments, also disclosed herein is a method of increasing expression of a target protein by cells having a mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structure that causes exon skipping of pre-mRNA, the pre-mRNA comprising a mutation or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structure that causes exon skipping. The method can comprise contacting the cells with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutical ly acceptable salt thereof that targets a pre-mRNA encoding a target protein or functional RNA, whereby splicing of an exon from a pre-mRNA encoding a target protein or functional RNA is prevented or inhibited, thereby increasing the level of mRNA encoding functional protein, and increasing the expression of protein in the cells. In some embodiments, the target protein is a tumor suppressor. In some embodiments, the target protein is a tumor promoter. In some embodiments, the target protein or the functional RNA is a compensating protein or a compensating functional RNA that functionally augments or replaces a target protein or functional RNA that is deficient in amount or activity in the subject. In some embodiments, the cells are in or from a subject having a condition caused by a deficient amount or activity of the protein. In some embodiments, the deficient amount of the target protein is caused by haploinsuffieiency of the target protein, wherein the subject has a first allele encoding a functional target protein, and a second allele from which the target protein is not produced, or a second allele encoding a nonfunctional target protein, and wherein an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof binds to a targeted portion of a pre-mRNA transcribed from the first allele. In some embodiments, the target protein is produced in a form that is fully- funetionaf compared to the equivalent protein produced from mRNA in which an exon has been skipped or is missing. In some embodiments, the pre-mRNA is encoded by a genetic sequence with at least about 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%o or 100% sequence identity to a pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof increases the amount of the target protein or the functional RNA by modulating alternative splicing of pre-mRNA transcribed from a gene encoding the functional RNA or target protein. In some embodiments, an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof increases the amount of the target protein or the functional RNA by modulating aberrant splicing resulting from mutation of the gene encoding the target protein or the functional RNA.
[00259] In some embodiments, the total amount of the mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA produced in the cell contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is increased at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 100%, at least about 150%, at least about 200%, at least about 250%, at least about 300%, at least about 400%, or at least about 500%, compared to the total amount of the mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA produced in a control ceil.
[00260] In some embodiments, the total amount of target protein produced by the cell contacted with an SMSMS compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is increased at least about 20%, at least about 50%, at least about 100%, at least about 150%, at least about 200%, at least about 250%, or at least about 300%, compared to the total amount of target protein produced by a control cell.
[00261] In some embodiments, a total amount of the RNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA produced in the cell contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is increased at least about 1.1 -fold, at least about 1.5-fold, at least about 2- fold, at least about 2.5-fold, at least about 3 -fold, at least about 3.5-fold, at least about 4-fold, at least about 5-fold, or at least about 10-fold compared to the total amount of the mRNA encoding the target protein or functional R A produced in a control cell.
[00262] In some embodiments, a total amount of target protein produced by a cell contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is increased at least about 1.1 -fold, at least about 1.5-fold, at least about 2-fold, at least about 2.5-fold, at least about 3 -fold, at least about 3.5-fold, at least about 4-fold, at least about 5-fold, or at least about 10-fold, compared to the total amount of target protein produced by a control cell.
[00263] In some embodiments, the total amount of the mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA produced in the ceil contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is decreased at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 100%, compared to the total amount of the mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA produced in a control cell.
[00264] In some embodiments, the total amount of target protein produced by the cell contacted with an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is decreased at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or at least about 100%, compared to the total amount of target protein produced by a control cell.
[00265] In some embodiments, binding of an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to pre-mRNA prevents splicing out of one or more exons and/or introns and/or proteins thereof, from the population of pre-mRNAs to produce mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA. In some embodiments, the cell comprises a population of pre-mRNAs transcribed from the gene encoding the target protein or functional RNA, wherein the population of pre-mRNAs comprises a mutation that causes the splicing out of one or more exons, and w ierein an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof binds to the mutation that causes the splicing out of the one or more exons in the population of pre-mRNAs. In some embodiments, the binding of an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof to the mutation that causes the splicing out of the one or more exons prevents splicing out of the one or more exons from the population of pre-mRNAs to produce mRNA encoding the target protein or functional RNA. In some embodiments, the condition is a disease or disorder. In some embodiments, the method further comprises assessing protein expression. In some embodiments, an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof binds to a targeted portion of a pre-mRNA.
[00266] In some embodiments, the binding of an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof catalyzes the inclusion of a missing exon or removal of an undesired retained intron or portions thereof, resulting in healthy mRNA and proteins. In some embodiments, the binding of an SMSM compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof has minimal to no effect on non-diseased cells.
[00267] An SMSM can modulate splicing at a splice site of a polynucleotide and does not exhibit significant toxicity. In some embodiments, an SMSM penetrates the blood brain barrier (BBB) when administered to a subject.
[00268] In some embodiments, an SMSM has a brain/biood AUC of at least about 0.1, 0 2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7, 1.8, 1.9, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 3.5, 40, or higher.
SMSM Targets
[00269] Aberrant splicing of mRNA, such as pre-mRNA, can result in a defective protein and can cause a disease or a disorder in a subject. The compositions and methods described herein can reduce this aberrant splicing of mRNA, such as pre-mRNA, and treat a disease or a disorder caused by this aberrant splicing.
[00270] Diseases associated with changes to RNA transcript amount are often treated with a focus on the aberrant protein expression. However, if the processes responsible for the aberrant changes in RNA levels, such as components of the splicing process or associated transcription factors or associated stability factors, could be targeted by treatment with a small molecule, it would be possible to restore protein expression levels such that the unwanted effects of the expression of aberrant levels of RNA transcripts or associated proteins. Therefore, there is a need for methods of modulating the amount of RNA transcripts encoded by certain genes as a way to prevent or treat diseases associated with aberrant expression of the RNA transcripts or associated proteins.
Structural Targets
[00271] Mutations and/or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structures in cis-acting elements can induce three-dimensional structural change in pre-mRNA. Mutations and/or aberrant secondary RNA structures in cis-acting elements can induce three-dimensional structural change in pre-mRNA when the pre-mRNA is, for example, bound to at least one snRNA, or at least one snRNP, or at least one other auxiliary splicing factor. For example, non-canonical base pairing of a non-canonical splice site sequence to a snRNA can form a bulge. For example, a bulge can be formed when the 5’ss is bound to U1-U12 snRNA or a portion thereof. For example, a bulge can be induced to form when 5’ss containing at least one mutation is bound to U1-U12 snRNA or a portion thereof. For example, a bulge can be formed when the cryptic 5’ss is bound to U1-U12 snRNA or a portion thereof. For example, a bulge can be induced to form when cryptic 5’ss containing at least one mutation is bound to U1-U12 snRNA or a portion thereof. For example, a bulge can be formed when the 3’ss is bound to U2 snRNA or a portion thereof. For example, a bulge can be induced to form when the 3’ss is bound to U2 snRNA or a portion thereof. For example, a bulge can be formed when the cryptic 3 ’ ss is bound to U2 snRNA or a portion thereof. For example, a bulge can be induced to form when the cryptic 3’ss is bound to U2 snRNA or a portion thereof. The protein components of U1 and U2 may or may not present to form the bulge. [00272] In some embodiments, a small molecule can bind to a bulge. In some embodiments, a bulge is naturally occurring. In some embodiments, a bulge is formed by non-canonical base pairing between the splice site and the small nuclear RNA. For example, a bulge can be formed by non-canonical base-pairing between the 5’ss and U1-U12 snRNA. The bulge can comprise 1 nucleotide, 2 nucleotides, 3 nucleotides, 4 nucleotides, 5 nucleotides, 6 nucleotides, 7 nucleotides, 8 nucleotides, 9 nucleotides, 10 nucleotides, 11 nucleotides, 12 nucleotides, 13 nucleotides, 14 nucleotides, or 15 nucleotides. In some embodiments, 3 -dimensional structural changes can be induced by a mutation without bulge formation. In some embodiments, a bulge may be formed without any mutation in a splice site. In some embodiments, a recognition portion can be formed by a mutation in any of the cis-acting elements. In some embodiments, a small molecule can bind to a recognition portion that is induced by a mutation. In some embodiments, a mutation and/or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structure at an authentic 5’ splice site can result in splicing at a cryptic 5’ splice site. In some embodiments, a mutation and/or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structure can be in one of the regulatory elements including ESEs, ESSs, ISEs, and ISSs. [00273] In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide in an exon. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide upstream (5’) of the splice site of the splice site sequence. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the -1 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNN*nnnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the -2 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NN*Nnnnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the -3 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of N*NNnnnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide.
[00274] In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide in an intron. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide downstream (3’) of the splice site of the splice site sequence.
[00275] In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +1 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNn*nnnnn, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +2 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNnn*nnnn, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +3 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA cornpri sing a splice site sequence of NNNnnn*nnn, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +4 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNnnnn*nn, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +5 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNnnnnn*n, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +6 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNnnnnnn*, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the +7 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNnnnnnnn*, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide
[00276] In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with one or more bulged nucleotides at the -1, -2, -3, +1, +2, +3, +4, +5, +6 and/or +7 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNN*nnnnnn, NN*Nnnnnnn, N*NNnnnnnn, NNNn*nnnnn, NNNnn*nnnn, NNNnnn*nnn, NNNnnnn*nn, NNNnnnnn*n, NNNnnnnnn*, or NNNnnnnnnn*, wherin N* or n* represents a bulged nucleotide.
[00277] In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with one or more bulged nucleotides at the -1, -2, and/or -3 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA cornpri sing a splice site sequence of NNN*nnnnnn, NN*Nnnnnnn, or N*NNnnnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide.
[00278] In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with one or more bulged nucleotides at the +1, +2, +3, +4, +5, +6 and/or +7 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NNNn*nnnnn, NNNnn*nnnn, NNNnnnnnnn, NNNnnnn*nn, NNNnnnnn*n, NNNnnnnnn*, or NNNnnnnnnn*, wherin n* represents a bulged nucleotide.
[00279] In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the -1 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence and a bulged nucleotide at the -2 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of NN*N*nnnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide. In some embodiments, a target of an SMSM is a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence with a bulged nucleotide at the -2 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence and a bulged nucleotide at the -3 position relative to the splice site of the splice site sequence. For example, a target of an SMSM can be a pre-mRNA comprising a splice site sequence of N*N*Nnnnnnn, wherin N* represents a bulged nucleotide.
[00280] In some embodiments, an SMSM interacts with a bulged nucleotide of an RNA duplex comprising a splice site. In some embodiments, the RNA duplex comprises pre-mRNA. In some embodiments, an SMSM binds to an RNA duplex and interacts with an unpaired bulged nucieobase of an RNA duplex comprising a splice site. In some embodiments, a first portion of the SMSM interacts with the bulged nucleotide on a first RNA strand of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, a second portion of the SMSM interacts with one or more nucleotides of a second RNA strand of the RNA duplex, wherein the first RNA strand is not the second RNA strand. In some embodiments, the SMSM forms one or more intermolecular interactions with the duplex RNA, for example, an ionic interaction, a hydrogen bond, a dipole-dipole interaction or a van der Waals interaction. In some embodiments, the SMSM forms one or more intermolecular interactions with the bulged nucleotide, for example, an ionic interaction, a hydrogen bond, a dipole-dipole interaction or a van der Waals interaction.
[00281] In some embodiments, the duplex RNA comprises an alpha helix. In some embodiments, the bulged nucleotide is located on an external portion of a helix of the duplex RNA. In some embodiments, the bulged nucleotide is located within an internal portion of the helix of the duplex RNA .
[00282] In some embodiments, a rate of exchange of the bulged nucleotide from within the interior of a helix of the duplex RNA to an exterior portion of the helix is reduced
[00283] In some embodiments, the SMSM modulates a distance of the bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA. In some embodiments, the SMSM reduces the distance of the bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA. In some embodiments, the SMSM increases the distance of the bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA.
[00284] In some embodiments, the bulged nucleotide is located within the interior of a helix of the duplex RNA of the complex. In some embodiments, the bulged nucleotide has modulated base stacking within an RNA strand of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the bulged nucleotide has increased base stacking within an RNA strand of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the bulged nucleotide has decreased base stacking within an RNA strand of the RNA duplex. [00285] In some embodiments, the SMSM modulates splicing at the splice site of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the SMSM increases splicing at the splice site of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the SMSM reduces splicing at the splice site of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the SMSM reduces a size of a bulge of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the SMSM removes a bulge of the RNA duplex. In some embodiments, the SMSM stabilizes a bulge of the RNA duplex.
[00286] In some embodiments, the unpaired bulged nucleotide is free to rotate around a phosphate backbone of an RNA strand of the RNA duplex in the absence of the SMSM. In some embodiments, the SMS M reduces a rate of rotation of the unpaired bulged nucleotide. In some embodiments, the SMSM reduces a rate of rotation of the unpaired bulged nucleotide around a phosphate backbone of an RN A strand of the RNA duplex.
[00287] In some embodiments, the SMSM is not an aptamer.
[00288] Also, provided herein is a method of modulating splicing comprising contacting a small molecule splicing modulator compound (SMSM) to a cell; wherein the SMSM interacts with an unpaired bulged nucleotide of an RNA duplex in the cell; wherein the duplex RNA comprises a splice site; and wherein the SMSM modulates splicing of the RNA duplex.
[00289] Provided herein is a method for modulating the relative position of a first nucleotide relative to a second nucleotide, wherein the first nucleotide and the second nucleotide are within a duplex RNA, the method comprising contacting a small molecule splicing modulator compound (SMSM) to the duplex RNA, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein the first nucleotide is a bulged nucleotide of the RNA duplex; wherein the duplex RNA comprises a splice site
[00290] In some embodiments, the duplex RNA comprises a helix.
[00291 ] In some embodiments, the bulged nucleoti de i s located on an external portion of a helix of the duplex RNA prior to contacting the SMSM.
[00292] In some embodiments, SMSM forms one or more intermolecular interactions with the duplex RNA.
[00293] In some embodiments, the SMSM forms one or more intermolecular interactions with an unpaired bulged nucleotide. In some embodiments, the intermolecular interaction is selected from the group comprising an ionic interaction, a hydrogen bond, a dipole-dipole interaction or a van der Waals interaction. In some embodiments, a rate of exchange of the unpaired bulged nucleotide from within the interior of a helix of the duplex RNA to an exterior portion of the helix is reduced. In some embodiments, a rate of rotation of the unpaired bulged nucleotide is reduced. In some embodiments, a rate of rotation of the unpaired bulged nucleotide around a phosphate backbone of an RNA strand of the RNA duplex is reduced. In some embodiments, a distance of the unpaired bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA is modulated after contacting the SMSM. In some embodiments, the distance of the unpaired bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA is reduced. In some embodiments, unpaired bulged nucleotide is located within the interior of the helix of the duplex RNA. In some embodiments, a size of a bulge of the RNA duplex is reduced. In some embodiments, a bulge of the RNA duplex is removed or maintained.
[00294] In some embodiments, splicing at the splice site of the RNA duplex is promoted. In some embodiments, base stacking of the unpaired bulged nucleotide within an RNA strand of the RNA duplex is increased after contacting the SMSM. In some embodiments, the distance of the unpaired bulged nucleotide from a second nucleotide of the duplex RNA is increased or maintained. In some embodiments, a bulge of the RNA duplex is stabilized after contacting the SMSM. In some embodiments, the unpaired bulged nucleotide is located on an exterior portion of a helix of the duplex RNA. In some embodiments, a size of a bulge of the RNA duplex is increased. In some embodiments, splicing at the splice site of the RNA duplex is inhibited. In some embodiments, splicing is inhibited at the splice site. In some embodiments, base stacking of the unpaired bulged nucleotide within an RNA strand of the RNA duplex is reduced after contacting the SMSM.
[00295] Exemplar}' sites targeted by the SMSMs described herein include 5’ splice sites, 3’ splice sites, polypyriniidine tracts, branch sites, splicing enhancers and silencer elements. Mutations or aberrant secondary' or tertiary RNA structures at hot spots can create mRNA sites or scaffold sequences that can be targeted. For example, many exons are flanked by the intronic dinucleotides GT and AG at the 5’ and 3’ splice sites, respectively. For example, mutations or aberrant secondary or tertiary RNA structures at these sites can cause, e.g., exclusion of an adjacent exon or inclusion of an adjacent intron. Many factors influence the complex pre-mRNA splicing process, including several hundred different proteins, at least five spliceosomal snRNAs, sequences on the mRNA, sequence length, enhancer and silencer elements, and strength of splicing signals. Exemplary sites targeted by the SMSMs described herein include secondary' and sometimes tertiary' structures of RNA. For example, exemplary sites targeted by the SMSMs described herein include a stem loop, hairpin, branch point sequence (BPS), polypyrimidine tract (PPT), 5’ splice site (5’ss) and 3’ splice site (3’ss), duplex snRNA and splice sites and trans acting protein binding to RNA. The target pre-mRNA can comprise a defective sequence, such as a sequence that produces a deficient protein, such as a protein with altered function such as enzyme activity, or expression, such as lack of expression. In some embodiments, the defective sequence impacts the structure of the RNA. In some embodiments, the defect sequence impacts recognition by siiilNP.
[00296] In addition to consensus splice site sequences, structural constraints, including those resulting from mutations, can affect cis- acting sequences such as exonic/intronic splicing enhancers (ESE/ISE) or silencer elements (ESS/ISS).
[00297] In some embodiments, a mutation in native DNA and/or pre-mRNA, or an aberrant secondary or tertiary structure of RNA, creates a new splice site sequence. For example, a mutation or aberrant RNA structure may cause native regions of the RNA that are normally dormant, or play no role as splicing elements, to become activated and serve as splice sites or splice elements. Such splice sites and elements can be referred to as “cryptic”. For example, a native intron may become divided into two aberrant introns, with a new exon situated there between. For example, a mutation may create a new' splice site between a native 5’ splice site and a native branch point. For example, a mutation may activate a cryptic branch point sequence between a native splice site and a native branch point. For example, a mutation may create a new splice site between a native branch point and a native splice site and may further activate a cryptic splice site and a cryptic branch point sequentially upstream from the aberrant mutated splice site. [00298] In some embodiments, a mutation or misexpression of trans-acting proteins that regulate splicing activity may cause native regions of the RNA that are normally dormant, or play no role as splicing elements, to become activated and serve as splice sites or splice elements. For example, a mutation or misexpression of an SR protein may cause native regions of the RNA that are normally dormant, or play no role as splicing elements, to become activated and serve as splice sites or splice elements
[00299] In some embodiments, a mutation in native DNA and/or pre-mRNA inhibits splicing at a splice site. For example, a mutation may result in a new splice site upstream from (i.e., 5’ to) a native splice site sequence and downstream from (i.e., 3’ to) a native branch point sequence. The native splice site sequence and the native branch point sequence may serve as members of both the native set of splice site sequences and the aberrant set of splice site sequences.
[00300] In some embodiments, a native splice element (e.g., a branch point) is also a member of the set of aberrant splice elements. For example, SMSMs provided herein can block the native element and activate a cryptic element (e.g, a cryptic 5’ss, a cryptic 3’ ss or a cryptic branch point), which may recruit remaining members of the native set of splice elements to promote correct splicing over incorrect splicing. In some embodiments, an activated cryptic splice element is in an intron. In some embodiments, an activated cryptic splice element is in an exon. The compounds and methods provided herein can be used to block or activate a variety of different splice elements, depending on the type of aberrant splice element (e.g, mutated splice element or non -mutated splice element) and/or depending on regulation of a splice element (e.g, regulation by upstream signaling pathways). For example, the compounds and methods provided herein can block a mutated element, a n on-mutated element, a cryptic element, or a native element; it may block a 5’ splice site, a 3’ splice site, or a branch point.
[00301] In some embodiments, an alternate splicing event can be modulated by employing the compounds provided herein. For example, a compound provided herein can be introduced into a cell in which a gene is present that encodes a pre-mRNA that comprises alternate splice sites. In some embodiments, in the absence of the compound, a first splicing event occurs to produce a gene product having a particular function. For example, in the presence of the compound provided herein, the first splicing event can be inhibited. In some embodiments, in the presence of the compound provided herein, the first splicing event can be inhibited and a second or alternate spli cing event occurs, resulting in expression of the same gene to produce a gene product having a different function.
[00302] In some embodiments, a first inhibited splicing event (e.g., a splicing event inhibited by a mutation, a mutation-induced bulge or a non-mutation induced bulge), is promoted or enhanced in the presence of a compound provided herein. In some embodiments, the first inhibi ted splicing event (e.g., a splicing event inhibited by a mutation, a mutation-induced bulge or a non mutation induced bulge), is promoted or enhanced in the presence of a compound provided herein. For example, the inhibition of the first splicing event (e.g, a splicing event inhibited by a mutation, a mutation-induced bulge or a non-mutation induced bulge) can be restored to a corresponding first splicing event that is uninhibited, in the presence of a compound provided herein, or the inhibition of the first splicing event can be decreased, in the presence of a compound provided herein. In some embodiments, a second or alternate splicing event occurs, resulting in expression of the same gene to produce a gene product having a different function.
Methods of Treatment
[00303] In certain embodiments, also described herein is a method of treating a disease or condition, such as cancer, in a mammal in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a splice modifying compound described herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, to the mammal in need thereof.
[00304] In some embodiments, described herein is a method of treating a disease or condition, such as cancer, in a subject in need thereof comprising administering to the subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a splice modifying compound described herein. [00305] In a particular embodiment, the present disclosure relates to the use of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein for the preparation of a medicament for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease or condition, such as cancer or diseases of the central nervous system. In some embodiments, a pre-mRNA is a human a pre-mRNA.
[00306] In a particular embodiment, the present disclosure relates to the use of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of cancer. In some embodiments, a pre-mRNA splicing modifier described herein induces a transcriptionally inactive variant.
[00307] In a particular embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a method for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease or condition, such as cancer, comprising administering an effective amount of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein to a subject, in particular to a mammal.
[00308] In a particular embodiment, the present disclosure relates to the use of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of central nervous system diseases. In some embodiments, a pre-mRNA splicing modifier described herein induces a transcriptionally inactive variant.
[00309] In a particular embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a method for the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease or condition, such as central nervous system diseases, comprising administering an effective amount of a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein to a subject, in particular to a mammal.
[00310] In a particular embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease or condition, such as cancer. [00311] In a particular embodiment, the present disclosure relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pre-mRNA splicing modifier as described herein for use in the treatment, prevention and/or delay of progression of a disease or condition, such as diseases of the central nervous system.
[00312] In specifi c embodiments, the cancer treated by the compounds of the present disclosure is selected from the group consisting of cancer of the liver, prostate, brain, breast, lung, colon, pancreas, skin, cervix, ovary, mouth, blood and nervous system.
[00313] In specific embodiments, the cancer treated by the compounds of the present disclosure is leukemia, acute myeloid leukemia, colon cancer, gastric cancer, macular degeneration, acute monocytic leukemia, breast cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma, cone-rod dystrophy, alveolar soft part sarcoma, myeloma, skin melanoma, prostatitis, pancreatitis, pancreatic cancer, retinitis, adenocarcinoma, adenoiditis, adenoid cystic carcinoma, cataract, retinal degeneration, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, Wegener’s granulomatosis, sarcoma, myopathy, prostate adenocarcinoma, Hodgkin’s lymphoma, ovarian cancer, non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, multiple myeloma, chronic myeloid leukemia, acute lymphoblastic leukemia, renal cell carcinoma, transitional cell carcinoma, colorectal cancer, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, anaplastic large cell lymphoma, kidney cancer, breast cancer, cervical cancer.
[00314] In specific embodiments, the cancer prevented and/or treated in accordance with the present disclosure is basal cell carcinoma, goblet cell metaplasia, or a malignant glioma, cancer of the liver, breast, lung, prostate, cervix, uterus, colon, pancreas, kidney, stomach, bladder, ovary, or brain.
[00315] In specific embodiments, the cancer prevented and/or treated in accordance with the present disclosure include, but are not limited to, cancer of the head, neck, eye, mouth, throat, esophagus, esophagus, chest, bone, lung, kidney, colon, rectum or other gastrointestinal tract organs, stomach, spleen, skeletal muscle, subcutaneous tissue, prostate, breast, ovaries, testicles or other reproductive organs, skin, thyroid, blood, lymph nodes, kidney, liver, pancreas, and brain or central nervous system.
[00316] Specific examples of cancers that can be prevented and/or treated in accordance with present disclosure include, but are not limited to, the following: renal cancer, kidney cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, metastatic breast cancer; breast carcinoma; breast sarcoma; neurofibroma; neurofibromatosis; pediatric tumors; neuroblastoma; malignant melanoma, carcinomas of the epidermis; leukemias such as but not limited to, acute leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, acute myelocytic leukemias such as myeloblastic, promye!ocytic, mye!omonocytic, monocytic, erythroleukemia leukemias and myclodysplastic syndrome, chronic leukemias such as but not limited to, chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, hairy cell leukemia; polycythemia vera; lymphomas such as but not limited to Hodgkin’s disease, non-Hodgkin’s disease; multiple myelomas such as but not limited to smoldering multiple myeloma, nonsecretory myeloma, osteosclerotic myeloma, plasma cell leukemia, solitary plasmacytoma and extramedullary plasmacytoma; Waldenstrom’s macroglobulinemia; monoclonal gammopathy of undetermined significance; benign monoclonal gammopathy; heavy chain disease; bone cancer and connective tissue sarcomas such as but not limited to bone sarcoma, myeloma bone disease, multiple myeloma, cholesteatoma-induced bone osteosarcoma, Paget’s disease of bone, osteosarcoma, chondrosarcoma, Ewing’s sarcoma, malignant giant cell tumor, fibrosarcoma ofbone, chordoma, periosteal sarcoma, soft-tissue sarcomas, angiosarcoma (hemangiosarcoma), fibrosarcoma, Kaposi’s sarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, iiposarcoma, !ymphangio sarcoma, neurilemmoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, and synovial sarcoma; brain tumors such as but not limited to, glioma, astrocytoma, brain stem glioma, ependymoma, oligodendroglioma, nonglial tumor, acoustic neurinoma, craniopharyngioma, medulloblastoma, meningioma, pineocytoma, pineob!astoma, and primary brain lymphoma; breast cancer including but not limited to adenocarcinoma, lobular (small cell) carcinoma, intraductal carcinoma, medullary breast cancer, mucinous breast cancer, tubular breast cancer, papillary breast cancer, Paget’s disease (including juvenile Paget’s disease) and inflammatory breast cancer; adrenal cancer such as but not limited to pheochromocytom and adrenocortical carcinoma, thyroid cancer such as but not limited to papillary or follicular thyroid cancer, medullary' thyroid cancer and anaplastic thyroid cancer; pancreatic cancer such as but not limited to, insulinoma, gastrinoma, glucagonoma, vipoma, somatostatin-secreting tumor, and carcinoid or islet cell tumor; pituitary' cancers such as but limited to Cushing’s disease, prolactin-secreting tumor, acromegaly, and diabetes insipius; eye cancers such as but not limited to ocular melanoma such as iris melanoma, choroidal melanoma, and ciiliary body melanoma, and retinoblastoma; vaginal cancers such as squamous cell carcinoma, adenocarcinoma, and melanoma; vulvar cancer such as squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma, adenocarcinoma, basal cell carcinoma, sarcoma, and Paget’s disease; cervical cancers such as but not limited to, squamous ceil carcinoma, and adenocarcinoma; uterine cancers such as but not limited to endometrial carcinoma and uterine sarcoma; ovarian cancers such as but not limited to, ovarian epithelial carcinoma, borderline tumor, germ cell tumor, and stromal tumor; cervical carcinoma, esophageal cancers such as but not limited to, squamous cancer, adenocarcinoma, adenoid cyclic carcinoma, mucoepidermoid carcinoma, adenosquamous carcinoma, sarcoma, melanoma, plasmacytoma, verrucous carcinoma, and oat celi(small cell) carcinoma; stomach cancers such as but not limited to, adenocarcinoma, fungating (polypoid), ulcerating, superficial spreading, diffusely spreading, malignant lymphoma, liposarcoma, fibrosarcoma, and carcinosarcoma; colon cancers, KRAS mutated colorectal cancer; colon carcinoma; rectal cancers; liver cancers such as but not limited to hepatocellular carcinoma and hepatoblastoma, gallbladder cancers such as adenocarcinoma, cholangiocarcinomas such as but not limited to pappillary, nodular, and diffuse; lung cancers such as KRAS -mutated non-small cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, squamous cell carcinoma (epidermoid carcinoma), adenocarcinoma, large-cell carcinoma and small-cell lung cancer; lung carcinoma; testicular cancers such as but not limited to germinal tumor, seminoma, anaplastic, classic (typical), spermatocytic, nonseminoma, embryonal carcinoma, teratoma carcinoma, choriocarcinoma (yolk-sac tumor), prostate cancers such as but not limited to, androgen-independent prostate cancer, androgen-dependent prostate cancer, adenocarcinoma, leiomyosarcoma, and rhabdomyosarcoma; penal cancers; oral cancers such as but not limited to squamous cell carcinoma, basal cancers; salivary gland cancers such as but not limited to adenocarcinoma, mucoepidermoid carcinoma, and adenoidcystic carcinoma, pharynx cancers such as but not limited to squamous cell cancer, and verrucous; skin cancers such as but not limited to, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma and melanoma, superficial spreading melanoma, nodular melanoma, lentigo malignant melanoma, acrallentiginous melanoma; kidney cancers such as but not limited to renal cell cancer, adenocarcinoma, hypernephroma, fibrosarcoma, transitional cell cancer (renal pelvis and/or uterer); renal carcinoma, Wilms’ tumor; bladder cancers such as but not limited to transitional cell carcinoma, squamous cell cancer, adenocarcinoma, carcinosarcoma. In addition, cancers include myxosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, endoth eli osarcoma, !ymphangioendotheliosarcoma, mesothelioma, synovioma, hemangioblastoma, epithelial carcinoma, cystadenocarcinoma, bronchogenic carcinoma, sweat gland carcinoma, sebaceous gland carcinoma, papillary carcinoma and papillary adenocarcinomas.
[00317] In certain embodiments cancers that can be prevented and/or treated in accordance with the present disclosure include, the following: pediatric solid tumor, Ewing’s sarcoma, Wilms tumor, neuroblastoma, neurofibroma, carcinoma of the epidermis, malignant melanoma, cervical carcinoma, colon carcinoma, lung carcinoma, renal carcinoma, breast carcinoma, breast sarcoma, metastatic breast cancer, HIV-related Kaposi’s sarcoma, prostate cancer, androgen- independent prostate cancer, androgen-dependent prostate cancer, neurofibromatosis, lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, KRAS-mutated non-small cell lung cancer, malignant melanoma, melanoma, colon cancer, KRAS-mutated colorectal cancer, glioblastoma multiforme, renal cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, ovarian cancer, hepatocellular carcinoma, thyroid carcinoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, acute myeloid leukemia, and multiple myeloma.
[00318] In certain embodiments, cancers and conditions associated therewith that are prevented and/or treated in accordance with the present disclosure are breast carcinomas, lung carcinomas, gastric carcinomas, esophageal carcinomas, colorectal carcinomas, liver carcinomas, ovarian carcinomas, thecomas, arrhenoblastomas, cervical carcinomas, endometrial carcinoma, endometrial hyperplasia, endometriosis, fibrosarcomas, choriocarcinoma, head and neck cancer, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinomas, hepatoblastoma, Kaposi’s sarcoma, melanoma, skin carcinomas, hemangioma, cavernous hemangioma, hemangioblastoma, pancreas carcinomas, retinoblastoma, astrocytoma, glioblastoma, Schwannoma, oligodendroglioma, medulloblastoma, neuroblastomas, rhabdomyosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, leiomyosarcomas, urinary tract carcinomas, thyroid carcinomas, Wilm’s tumor, renal cell carcinoma, prostate carcinoma, abnormal vascular proliferation associated with phakomatoses, edema (such as that associated with brain tumors), or Meigs’ syndrome. In specific embodiment, the cancer an astrocytoma, an oligodendroglioma, a mixture of oligodendroglioma and an astrocytoma elements, an ependymoma, a meningioma, a pituitary adenoma, a primitive neuroectodermal tumor, a medullblastoma, a primary central nervous system (CNS) lymphoma, or a CNS germ cell tumor.
[00319] In specific embodiments, the cancer treated in accordance with the present disclosure is an acoustic neuroma, an anaplastic astrocytoma, a glioblastoma multiforme, or a meningioma. [00320] In other specific embodiments, the cancer treated in accordance with the present disclosure is a brain stem glioma, a craniopharyngioma, an ependyoma, a juvenile pilocytic astrocytoma, a medulloblastoma, an optic nerve glioma, primitive neuroectodermal tumor, or a rhabdoid tumor
[00321] In specific embodiments, the disease of the central nervous system treated by the compounds of the present disclosure is selected fro the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, Frontotemporal dementia and parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17, Progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP), Corticobasal degeneration (CBD), Argyrophilic grain disease, and Pick’s disease.
Combination Treatments
[00322] In certain instances, it is appropriate to administer at least one splice modifying compound described herein in combination with another therapeutic agent.
[00323] In one specific embodiment, a splice modifying compound described herein is co administered with a second therapeutic agent, wherein the splice modifying compound and the second therapeutic agent modulate different aspects of the disease, disorder or condition being treated, thereby providing a greater overall benefit than administration of either therapeutic agent alone.
[00324] For combination therapies described herein, dosages of the co-administered compounds vary depending on the type of co-dmg(s) employed, on the specific drug(s) employed, on the disease or condition being treated and so forth. In additional embodiments, when co-administered with one or more other therapeutic agents, the compound provided herein is administered either simultaneously with the one or more other therapeutic agents, or sequentially.
[00325] If administration is simultaneous, the multiple therapeutic agents are, by way of example only, provided in a single, unified form, or in multiple forms. [00326] In some embodiments, a pre-mRNA splicing modifier described herein is used in combination with an anti-cancer therapy. In some embodiments, a pre-mRNA splicing modifier is used in combination with conventional chemotherapy, radiotherapy, hormonal therapy, and/or immunotherapy. In some embodiments, a pre-mRNA splicing modifier is used in combination with conventional chemotherapeutic agents including alkylating agents ( e.g ., temozolomide, cyclophosphamide, ifosfamide, chlorambucil, busulfan, melphalan, mechlorethamine, uramustine, thiotepa, nitrosoureas, etc.), anti-metabolites (e.g., 5-fluorouracil, azathioprine, methotrexate, leucovorin, capecitabine, cytarabine, floxuridine, fludarabine, gemcitabine, pemetrexed, raltitrexed, etc.), plant alkaloids (e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vindesine, podophyliotoxin, paciitaxei, docetaxel, etc.), topoisomerase inhibitors (e.g, irinotecan, topotecan, amsacrine, etoposide (VP 16), etoposide phosphate, teniposide, etc.), antitumor antibiotics (e.g, doxorubicin, adriamycin, daunorubicin, epirubicin, actinomycin, bleomycin, mitomycin, mitoxantrone, plicamycin, etc.), platinum-based compounds (e.g. cisplatin, oxaloplatin, carboplatin, etc.), EGFR inhibitors (e.g, gefitinib, erlotinib, etc.), and the like.
EXAMPLES
[00327] These examples are provided for illustrative purposes only and not to limit the scope of the claims provided herein. The starting materials and reagents used for the synthesis of the compounds described herein may be synthesized or can be obtained from commercial sources, such as, but not limited to, Sigma-Aldrich, Acros Organics, Fluka, and Fischer Scientific. In some embodiments, the compounds of the present disclosure are synthesized using the procedures described in the examples.
[00328] Anhydrous solvents and oven-dried glassware were used for synthetic transformations sensitive to moisture and/or oxygen. Yields were not optimized. Reaction times were approximate and were not optimized.
[00329] Example 1: Synthesis of Compound 1
[00330] The synthesis scheme of Compound 1 is provided below in Scheme 1.
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000111_0001
[00331] Example 2: Synthesis of Compound 33
[00332] The synthesis scheme of Compound 33 is provided below in Scheme 2. Scheme 2
Figure imgf000111_0002
[00333] Example 3: Synthesis of Compound 68
[00334] The synthesis scheme of Compound 68 is provided below in Scheme 3. Scheme 3
Figure imgf000112_0001
[00335] Example 4: Synthesis of Compound 116
[00336] The synthesis scheme of Compound 116 is provided below in Scheme 4 Scheme 4
Figure imgf000113_0001
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS [00337] Example A-l: Parenteral Composition
[00338] To prepare a parenteral pharmaceutical composition suitable for administration by injection, 100 mg of a water-soluble salt of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, is dissolved in 2% HPMC, 1% Tween 80 in DI water, pH 2.2 with MSA, q.s. to at least 20 mg/mL. The mixture is incorporated into a dosage unit form suitable for administration by injection.
[00339] Example A-2: Oral Composition
[00340] To prepare a pharmaceutical composition for oral delivery, 100 mg of a compound described herein, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, is mixed with 750 mg of starch. The mixture is incorporated into an oral dosage unit for, such as a hard gelatin capsule, which is suitable for oral administration.
BIOLOGY EXAMPLES [00341] MAPT Quantitative Splicing Assay
[00342] SK-N-MC cancer ceils are plated in 96-well plates at 75,000 cells/well. 24 h after plating, cells are dosed with compound for 24 h at concentrations ranging from 10mM to 2.4nM (0.1% DMSO). Treated cells are lysed and cDNA synthesized using the Cells to CT kit (ThermoFisher, Cat.# AM 1729), according to the manufacturer’s instructions. 5 pL of each cDNA are used in qPCR reactions to confirm the compound-induced inclusion of a cryptic exon within intron 4 of the MAPT transcripts, as well as the total MAPT decrease. The qPCR reactions are prepared in 384-well plates in 20 pL volume, using TaqMan Gene Expression Mastermix (Applied Biosystems, Cat.# 4369016) with primers and probes shown in the table below. Reactions are run in a Quant Studio 7 qPCR instrument with default settings with the primers and probes shown in Table 2 below.
[00343] Table 2
Figure imgf000114_0001
[00344] A qPCR assay similar to the protocol described above was performed and the results are shown below in Table 3.
[00345] Table 3 IC 50/EC50 range (nM): 0.01 < A < 2000; 2001 < B < 4000; 4001 < C < 6000, 6001 < D < 10000, 10001 < E < 15,000.
Figure imgf000114_0002
[00346] The examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and various modifications or changes suggested to persons skilled in the art are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims.

Claims

1. A compound of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof:
Figure imgf000115_0005
Formula (I) wherein,
RA! is hydrogen, halogen, -CN, -OR5, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C& heteroalkyl; ring Q is substituted monocyclic aryl or substituted monocyclic heteroaryl; is a single bond or a double bond; X is -NR 1-, and Z is CR8; or
Figure imgf000115_0002
R1 is hydrogen, substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl, kyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl;
Figure imgf000115_0003
each R2 and R3 is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkyl;
Figure imgf000115_0004
substituted or unsubstituted C4-C7 heterocycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl , each R5, R5a, and R5b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl; or R5a and R3b are taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached to form substituted or unsubstituted C2-C8 heterocycloalkyl; each R6 is independently substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Cc, alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted monocyclic heteroaryl, -OR5, -NR5aR5b, or -CH2OR5;
R8 is hydrogen, substituted or un substituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or un substituted Ci- 06 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce heteroalkyl;
W is substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl ene, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C4 alkenyl ene, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 heteroalkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted C3-C6 cycloalkyl ene;
R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce fluoroalkyi, substituted or unsubstituted Ci- Ce heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C3-C8 cycloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C2-C7 heterocycloalkyl, substituted or un substituted aryl, and substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; each R11, R12, Rlj, R14, R15, R16, R1', R18, R19, and R20 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, F, -OR5, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-Ce alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C& fluoroalkyi, and substituted or unsubstituted C1-C& heteroalkyl,
R21 is hydrogen, -CN, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1---C4 heteroalkyl, substituted or unsubstituted -C1-C4 alkylene-(C3-Cs cycloalkyl), -C1-C4 alkylene-OR5, substituted or unsubstituted C3---C5 cycloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C2-C3 heterocycloalkyl; each R22, R22a, and R22b is independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted Ci- C4 heteroalkyl; a is 0 or 1; b is 0; c is 1 ; and d is 0 or 1.
2. The compound of claim 1 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (la):
Figure imgf000117_0001
3. The compound of claim 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (lb):
Figure imgf000117_0002
4. The compound of claim 1 or 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ic):
Figure imgf000117_0003
5. The compound of any one of claims 1-4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, wherein R22 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C4 alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted Ci-C haloalkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C1---C4 heteroalkyl.
6. The compound of any one of claims 1-4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, wherein R22 is hydrogen, -C'l l·, -CH2CH3, - ( 11 :011. -CH2OCH3, -CH2F, -cm· : or -CF3.
7. The compound of any one of claims 1-4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, wherein R22 is hydrogen or -GH3.
8. The compound of claim 1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Iaa):
Figure imgf000117_0004
Formula (Taa)
9. The compound of claim 1 or 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Ibb):
Figure imgf000118_0001
10. The compound of claim 1 or 8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof wherein the compound of Formula (I) has the structure of Formula (Icc):
Figure imgf000118_0002
Formula (Icc).
11. The compound of any one of claims 1 or 8-10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein R8 is hydrogen, deuterium, -CFb, or -OCH3.
12. The compound of any one of claims 1 or 8-11 , or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein R8 is hydrogen.
13. The compound of any one of claims 1 or 8-12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, wherein X is -NR21-.
14. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of any one of claims 1 to 13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient or carrier.
15. A method of treating a disease or condition in a subject in need thereof, comprising administering to the subject a compound of any one of claims 1 to 13, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof.
PCT/US2020/054632 2019-10-08 2020-10-07 Compounds for modulating splicing WO2021071984A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201962912410P 2019-10-08 2019-10-08
US201962912334P 2019-10-08 2019-10-08
US201962912415P 2019-10-08 2019-10-08
US201962912421P 2019-10-08 2019-10-08
US62/912,410 2019-10-08
US62/912,415 2019-10-08
US62/912,334 2019-10-08
US62/912,421 2019-10-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021071984A1 true WO2021071984A1 (en) 2021-04-15

Family

ID=75437650

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2020/054632 WO2021071984A1 (en) 2019-10-08 2020-10-07 Compounds for modulating splicing

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021071984A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3920915A4 (en) * 2019-02-05 2022-10-05 Skyhawk Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating splicing
US11964971B2 (en) 2019-02-06 2024-04-23 Skyhawk Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating splicing

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070037811A1 (en) * 2003-02-07 2007-02-15 Lewi Paulus J Hiv inhibiting 1,2,4-triazines
US20100286161A1 (en) * 2007-09-17 2010-11-11 Eriksen Birgitte L Pyrazine derivatives and their use as potassium channel modulators
US20190000844A1 (en) * 2015-12-10 2019-01-03 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating huntington's disease
US20190047978A1 (en) * 2010-02-05 2019-02-14 Heptares Therapeutics Limited 1,2,4-triazine-4-amine derivatives
WO2019199972A1 (en) * 2018-04-10 2019-10-17 Skyhawk Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds for the treatment of cancer

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070037811A1 (en) * 2003-02-07 2007-02-15 Lewi Paulus J Hiv inhibiting 1,2,4-triazines
US20100286161A1 (en) * 2007-09-17 2010-11-11 Eriksen Birgitte L Pyrazine derivatives and their use as potassium channel modulators
US20190047978A1 (en) * 2010-02-05 2019-02-14 Heptares Therapeutics Limited 1,2,4-triazine-4-amine derivatives
US20190000844A1 (en) * 2015-12-10 2019-01-03 Ptc Therapeutics, Inc. Methods for treating huntington's disease
WO2019199972A1 (en) * 2018-04-10 2019-10-17 Skyhawk Therapeutics, Inc. Compounds for the treatment of cancer

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3920915A4 (en) * 2019-02-05 2022-10-05 Skyhawk Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating splicing
US20230009712A1 (en) * 2019-02-05 2023-01-12 Skyhawk Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating splicing
US11845744B2 (en) * 2019-02-05 2023-12-19 Skyhawk Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating splicing
US11964971B2 (en) 2019-02-06 2024-04-23 Skyhawk Therapeutics, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating splicing

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3781564B1 (en) Pyridazine derivatives for the treatment of cancer
JP7135026B2 (en) Methods and compositions for modulating splicing
JP6043935B2 (en) Piperazinotriazole compounds, process for producing the same and pharmaceutical use
US11964971B2 (en) Methods and compositions for modulating splicing
EP3937942A1 (en) Compositions and methods for correction of aberrant splicing
JP5820080B2 (en) Tricyclic PI3K and / or mTOR inhibitors
WO2020163647A1 (en) Methods and compositions for modulating splicing
WO2021071984A1 (en) Compounds for modulating splicing
EP3920926A1 (en) Methods and compositions for modulating splicing
WO2021071981A1 (en) Compounds for modulating splicing
WO2021071983A1 (en) Compounds for modulating splicing
WO2021071982A1 (en) Compounds for modulating splicing
CN107056754B (en) WNT pathway inhibitor with embedded urea structure

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20875429

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20875429

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1